UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit...

32
UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS School of Education 1122 West Campus Road Lawrence, KS 66045-3101 October 26-28, 2014 Continuous Improvement Visit to: Type of Visit: Continuing visit - Initial Teacher Preparation Continuing visit - Advanced Preparation NCATE Board of Examiners Team: Mr. Larry C. Lashway Dr. Patricia E. Hacker Dr. Lisa K. Eaton Dr. Damara R. Hightower-Davis State Team: Dr. John W. Rhodes Dr. Lotta Larson Dr. Marilyn J. Dishman-Horst State Consultant: Dr. Catherine Chmidling NEA or AFT Representative: Charles Walther Confidential

Transcript of UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit...

Page 1: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

UNIVERSITY OF KANSASSchool of Education1122 West Campus RoadLawrence KS 66045-3101October 26-28 2014

Continuous Improvement Visit to

Type of VisitContinuing visit - Initial Teacher PreparationContinuing visit - Advanced Preparation

NCATE Board of Examiners TeamMr Larry C LashwayDr Patricia E HackerDr Lisa K EatonDr Damara R Hightower-Davis

State TeamDr John W RhodesDr Lotta LarsonDr Marilyn J Dishman-Horst

State ConsultantDr Catherine Chmidling

NEA or AFT RepresentativeCharles Walther

Confid

entia

l

BOE Report for Continuous Improvement Pathway (Updated May 2013)

Summary for Professional Education Unit

Institution NameUniversity of Kansas

Team Recommendations on Meeting Standards

Not Applicable = Unit not reviewed for this standard andor level

Standards Initial Advanced

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions Standard Met Standard Met

Standard 2 Assessment System and Unit Evaluation Standard Met Standard Met

Standard 3 Field Experiences and Clinical Practice Standard Met Standard Met

Standard 4 Diversity Standard Met Standard Met

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance and Development Standard Met Standard Met

Standard 6 Unit Governance and Resources Standard Met Standard Met

Team Recommendations on Movement Toward Target

Not Applicable = Unit did not select this as a target standard

Standards Initial Advanced

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions Not Applicable Not Applicable

Standard 2 Assessment System and Unit Evaluation Not Applicable Not Applicable

Standard 3 Field Experiences and Clinical Practice Not Applicable Not Applicable

Standard 4 Diversity Not Applicable Not Applicable

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance and Development At Target (attained) At Target (attained)

Standard 6 Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable

I Introduction

I1 Brief Overview of the institution and the unit

Founded in 1866 the University of Kansas is a public research institution located in Lawrence Kansas with additional campuses in Kansas City Overland Park Wichita and Salina As of fall 2013 the university had over 27000 students about evenly split between men and women There are about 2700 faculty The university encompasses 13 schools with over 345 degree programs in 200 fields

The unit is the School of Education (SOE) which enrolls around 1600 students (about 5 of total university enrollment) In fall of 2013 683 of these students were undergraduates and 923 were graduate The school consists of five departments Curriculum and Teaching Educational Leadership and Policy Studies Health Sport and Exercise Sciences (HSES) Psychology and Research in Education and Special Education

The SOE offers 29 licensure programs approved by the Kansas State Department of Education The units school psychology program is approved by NASP There is also a Master in Curriculum and Instruction program that is self-evaluated because it does not lead to licensure Other non-licensure

(Confidential) Page 1

Exhibits and Documents Provided for the University of Kansasrsquo NCATECAEP Report

The following is a complete list of exhibits and documents provided to the NCATECAEP Board

of Examiners during the October 2014 University of Kansas visit The list is organized into four

categories (1) exhibits provided with the institutional report (2) exhibits provided with the

institutional report addendum (3) supplemental documents to the institutional report provided

after the addendum but prior to the onsite visit and (4) documents provided as requested by the

NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

Exhibits Provided with the Institutional Report

Standard 1

14a1 Table of Contents

14a2 KSDE Program approval letter 7-16-13

14a3 KSDE Program approval letter 10-23-13

14a4 KSDE Program approval letter 1-23-14

14a5 Program Enrollment and Completers 2010-13

14b1 Table of Contents

14b2 Title II Report 2008-09

14b3 Title II Report 2009-10

14b4 Title II Report 2010-11

14b5 Title II 2011-12

14c1 Table of Contents

14c2 KSDE Review of Program Assessment Format

14c3 KU SOE Proficiencies for Conceptual Framework

14c4 Program Area KSDE Assessments Table

14c5 Alignment Chart of Program Assessments with State Standards

14c6 Unit Key Assessments for Initial and Advanced Programs

14c7 KPTP Description

14c8 KPTP Tasks 1 and 2 Rubric for key assessment 2

14c9 KPTP Tasks 3 and 4 Rubric for key assessment 4

14c10 EC KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric

14c11 HPE KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric

14c12 Initial Program Field Experience Rubric for key assessment 3

14c13 Descriptions of Advanced Program Key Assessments

14c14 NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Programs

14d1 Table of Contents

14d2 PLT results for key assessment 1

14d3 Praxis II results for key assessment 1

14d4 KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

14d5 Student Teaching Observation for key assessment 3

14d6 Advanced program field experience data

14d7 Assessment Results for CampI Masters Program

14e1 Table of Contents

14e2 Disposition Letter Teacher Ed Initial Programs

14e3 Disposition Letter Teacher Education for advanced programs

14e4 Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment initial and advanced

14e5 Summative Assessment Professionalism for initial programs

14e6 Dispositions Assessments for CampI Masters Program

14f1 Candidate Course Disposition Assessment Data

14f2 Initial Program Summative Assessment Professionalism

14f3 Advanced Program Field Experience Professionalism Ratings

14f4 Proficiency Assessment Results for CampI Masters Program

14g1 Table of Contents

14g2 Art Education Portfolio

14g3 Biology Portfolio

14g4 Early Childhood Unified Portfolio

14g5 Elementary Portfolio

14g6 Physical Education Portfolio

14g7 UKan Teach Mathematics Portfolio

14h1 Table of Contents

14h2 Example high scoring Art Education Portfolio

14h3 Example high scoring Biology Portfolio

14h4 Example high scoring Elementary Portfolio

14h5 Example Early Childhood Unified Portfolio

14h6 Example low scoring Elementary Portfolio

14h7 Example low scoring English Language Arts Portfolio

14h8 Example high scoring Physical Education Portfolio

14h9 Example low scoring Music Education Portfolio

14h10 Example high scoring UKan Teach Mathematics Portfolio

14h11 Example low scoring Social Studies Portfolio

14h12 Example Portfolios for ESOL and Master in CampI

14h13 Adaptive SPED portfolio

14h14 Portfolio for Functional Program

14i1 Table of Contents

14i2 SOE Destination Report 2012-13

14i3 SOE Destination Survey 2011-12

14i4 EBI Results 2013

14i5 EBI Results 2012

14i6 EBI Results 2011

14i7 EBI Results 2010

14i8 SOE 2012 Alumni Survey

14i9 SOE 2011 Alumni Survey

14i10 SOE 2008 Alumni Survey

14i11 Graduate survey for Masters degree in CampI

14i12 Focus Groups on Quality of KU Teacher Preparation Programs

14j Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Surveys

14k Data sharing agreement with State

Standard 2

24a Assessment System Description

24b1 Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

24b2 Applicant Admission Assessment Data Tables

24c Unit Key Assessments Validity

24d1 Table of Contents

24d2 Assessment Task Calendar

24d3 Annual Unit Evaluation Report Form

24d4 Annual Program Evaluation Report Form

24d5 Example of Initial Program Data Report Updated and Shared Annually

24d6 Example of Advanced Program Data Report Updated and Shared Annually

24d7 Annual Program Evaluation Reports 2013

24d8 Annual Unit Evaluation Report for 2012-13

24e Grievance Policy and Procedures for Student Complaints

24f File of candidate complaints

24g1 Table of Contents

24g2 Summary of Significant Changes

24g3 Annual Reports of Teacher Education Committee

24g4 Online Initiative Overview

24g5 New four-year program change

24g6 The UKan Teach program

Standard 3

34a1 Table of Contents

34a2 PDS NCATE documents

34a3 Argentine Middle School PDS Handbook

34a4 Argentine Clinical Supervisor agenda

34a5 PDS recruitment announcement

34a6 PDS Recruitment Brochure

34a7 Superintendents Circle

34b1 Table of Contents

34b2 Field Experience Placements 2011-2012

34b3 Field Experience Placements 2012-2013

34b4 PDS School Demographics

34c Selection Requirements for Clinical Supervisors

34d1 Support for Clinical Supervisors NCATE 2013

34d2 Examples of Support of Clinical Faculty

34d3 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Table

34e1 Student Teaching Handbook

34e2 Field Experience Hours in Five-Year Program

34e3 Field Experience Hours in New Four-Year Program

34e4 Advanced program clinical experiences

34f1 Table of Contents

34f2 KPTP Description for Initial Programs During Student Teaching

34f3 Summative Teaching Observation Rubric

34g1 Table of Contents

34g2 PLT results

34g3 Praxis II results

34g4 KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

34g5 Summative Assessment - Student Teaching Observation

34g6 Advanced program field experience data

34g7 EBI Technology Item Results

34g8 Educational Technology Means from Summative Teacher Observation

34a8 KU Affiliation Agreement

Standard 4

44a KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

44b Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity

44c1 Table of Contents

44c2 KPTP Tasks 1 and 2 Rubric diversity elements

44c3 KPTP Tasks 3 and 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c4 EC KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c5 HPE KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44d Table on Faculty Demographics

44e1 Candidate Enrollment Demographic Tables by Program

44e2 Candidate Diversity Compared to Institution amp State

44f Demographics of Partner P-12 Schools

44g1 Table of Contents

44g2 Hiring for Excellence Overview

44g3 Summary of Hiring for Excellence program

44g4 Hiring for Excellence data 2012

44g5 Faculty and Academic Staff Recruiting Guidelines

44g6 Advertisement Placements for SPED searches

44h1 Table of Contents

44h2 Advancing a SOE Diversity Agenda

44h3 Educational Opportunity Programs

44h4 Multicultural Scholars Program in Education

44h5 SOE Diversity Events for Fall 2013

44h6 Practicing Educator Rate for SOE Graduate Programs

44i1 PDS NCATE summary

44i2 PDS School Demographics

Standard 5

54a Professional Education Faculty Qualifications amp Experience

54b Qualifications of Clinical Faculty

54c1 Clinical Supervisor Selection Requirements

54c2 Practices to Assure Clinical Faculty Meet Expectations

54c3 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Table

54d1 Table of Contents

54d2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54d3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54d4 CampT Dept proposed evaluation of scholarship

54d5a Barry Rice amp McDuffie-Dipman

54d5b Derby

54d5c Hallman

54d5d Kennedy Hart amp Kellems

54d5e Kim Morningstar amp Gaumer Erickson

54d5f Lohmeier amp Lee

54d5g Ng et al

54d5h OBrien Barker amp Ellsworth

54d5i Patterson amp Pahlke

54d5j1 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part1

54d5j2 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part2

54d5k Thomas amp Huffman

54d5l Wehmeyer et al

54e1 Summary of Faculty Service in Schools Community

54e2 Summary of Research Center Service

54e3 SOE Faculty Honors and Awards

54f1 Table of Contents

54f2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54f3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54f4 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Teaching

54f5 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Scholarship

54f6 CampT proposed evaluation of scholarship

54f7 Student Course Evaluations by Department

54f8 Faculty Scholarly Works Bibliography

54f9 Grants and Contracts 2010-2013

54g1 Table of Contents

54g2 SoE research support program info and forms

54g3 Support for faculty travel

54g4 Graduate Research Fund Guidelines

54g5 Graduate Research Fund Application

54g6 SOE Faculty Research Conference

54g7 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2013

54g8 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2014

54g9 On-Line Distance Education Support Program

54g10 Spring Workshops for Faculty by KU Center for Teaching Excellence

Standard 6

64a1 Table of Contents

64a2 SOE Policies

64a3 SOE Code Fall 2013

64a4 SOE Strategic Planning

64a5 Operating Procedures for Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum

64a6 Course Curricular Change Flow Chart

64a7 Curriculum Change Form

64a8 KU Core Nomination Form

64a9 SOE grade dispute document

64a10 Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council

64a11 Teacher Education Committee function

64a12 Graduate Studies Advisory Committee Policy

64b SOE Organizational Chart

64c Advising and Counseling Services

64d Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

64e 1 Table of Contents

64e2 School of Ed Flier 2013

64e3 EdD Brochure

64e4 Curriculum and Instruction Brochure

64e5 Ed Tech Brochure

64e6 Exercise Science Brochure

64e7 Leadership amp Policy Masters Brochure

64e8 SPED Brochure

64e9 Inside Scoop Dec 2012

64e10 Jayhawk Educator Fall 2013

64e11 KU Today

64e12 Provost e-News Bold Aspirations

64e13 Grading Policy

64e14 Academic Calendar Fall 2013

64e15 Academic Calendar Spring 2014

64e16 Academic Calendar Summer 2014

64f1 Unit Budget

64f2 NCATE Unit Line Item Budget

64g Budget Comparison with Other Units on Campus

64h1 Faculty workload policy

64h2 Salary Incentive Bonus Plan

64i1 SOE Technology Overview

64i2 Library Resources

64i3 Faculty Use of Technology for Teaching and Learning

64i4 Course Syllabi Featuring Technology

64j Online Initiative Overview

Exhibits Provided with the Institutional Report Addendum

153 KPTP Task Areas and Focus Areas with Rubrics Sept 2014pdf

154 Disposition Assessment Timeline Sept 2014pdf

1510 Information on Doctoral Programs Sept 2014pdf

1511a Rubrics for Assessment of Pedagogy and Learning for Advanced Programs Sept

2014pdf

1511b Advanced Program Data for Assessment 3 Sept 2014pdf

1512 Professionalism in Advanced Programs Sept 2014pdf

1513 Assessment 3 Rubrics-Technology Sept 2014pdf

1514 Assessments and Data from School Psychology Program for Use of School and

Community Resources Sept 2014pdf

1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014pdf

252 Unit Assessment System Sept 2014pdf

257 Alignment of Advanced Programs with Conceptual Framework Sept 2014pdf

352 Example of Diversity within a Partner Suburban District Sept 2014pdf

353 Early Field Experience and Advanced Practicum Sept 2014pdf

356 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Data Table Sept 2014pdf

441 NSSE Survey Data Regarding Diversity Sept 2014pdf

452 Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity Sept 2014pdf

453 SOE Strategic Plan For Diversity and Diversity Events Sept 2014pdf

454 KUs Faculty Diversity Policies and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

551 Technology and Instructional Techniques Used by Education Faculty Sept 2014pdf

552 Summary of Professional Development for P-12 Teachers Sept 2014pdf

554 Table of SoE Research Support Funds Sept 2014pdf

655 Advising and Counseling Services Sept 2014pdf

657a School of Education Budget for Three Years Sept 2014pdf

657b SOE Line Item Budget for 2011-2014 Sept 2014pdf

656 School of Education Post Tenure Review Criteria and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

Supplemental Documents to the IR provided after the Addendum prior to the onsite visit

Additional Evidence Submitted after IR Addendum

College Visit Day for Argentine Middle School 6th Graders October 2014

Diversity of Field Experience Schools

KU 2014 EBI Diversity Survey Frequency Report

KU Langston Hughes Professorship Chairs at SOE School Assembly 102414

Sept 29 2014 Provost eNews ndash Shaping a Vision for Diversity

Upcoming Diversity Events at KU for the 2014-15 Academic Year

2012-13 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Biology 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Building Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Chemistry 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report District Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Earth and Space 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ECU

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Elementary

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ESOL

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Foreign Language Programs

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Functional Special Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Health amp Physical Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Middle Level Science 5-8

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Music Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Physics 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report School Psychology

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UEC

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Earth amp Space Science

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Mathematics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Chemistry

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Physics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Visual Arts Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Biology

2013-14 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Adaptive Special Education

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report History amp Government

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

Call for Comments 2014

2014 Third Party Call for Comments

Course Syllabi

2013-2014 Course Syllabi

Complete List of Course Syllabi for Professional Education Courses

2014-2015 Course Syllabi (Fall 2014 Only)

CampT 344 Syllabus 2014

CampT 500 Syllabus 2014

CampT 598 Syllabus 2014

CampT 840 Syllabus 2014

CampT 841 Syllabus 2014

CT 100 Syllabus 2014

CT 235 Syllabus 2014

CT 324 Syllabus 2014

CT 347 Syllabus 2014

CT 349 Syllabus 2014

CT 351 Syllabus 2014

CT 352 353 Syllabus 2014

CT 360 Syllabus 2014

CT 366 Syllabus 2014

CT 430 Syllabus 2014

CT 448 Syllabus 2014

CT 460 Syllabus 2014

CT 489 Syllabus 2014

CT 490 Syllabus 2014

CT 530 Syllabus 2014

CT 541 Syllabus 2014

CT 542 Syllabus 2014

CT 543 Syllabus 2014

CT 544 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 250 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 301 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 302 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 537 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 757 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 853 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 953 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 955 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 957 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 995 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 998 Syllabus 2014

HSES 340 Syllabus 2014

HSES 341 Syllabus 2014

HSES 410 Syllabus 2014

HSES 500-780-501 Syllabus 2014

MATH 197 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 407 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 421 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 498 499 Syllabus 2014

PRE 770 Syllabus - 2014

PRE 798 Syllabus 2014

PRE 805 Syllabus 2014

PRE 855 Syllabus 2014

PRE 910 Syllabus 2014

PRE 947 Syllabus 2014

PRE 975 Syllabus 2014

PRE 991 Syllabus 2014

PRE 992 Syllabus 2014

SPED 362 Syllabus 2014

SPED 735 Syllabus 2014

SPED 741 641 Syllabus 2014

SPED 742 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 752 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 753 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 755 Syllabus 2014

SPED 775 Syllabus 2014

VAE 320 Syllabus 2014

VAE 341 Syllabus 2014

VAE 410 Syllabus 2014

VAE 420 Syllabus 2014

VAE 520 Syllabus 2014

VAE 695 Syllabus 2014

Previous Years Title II Reports

2008-09 KU Title II Report

2009-10 KU Title II Report

2010-11 KU Title II Report

2011-12 KU Title II Report

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 2: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

BOE Report for Continuous Improvement Pathway (Updated May 2013)

Summary for Professional Education Unit

Institution NameUniversity of Kansas

Team Recommendations on Meeting Standards

Not Applicable = Unit not reviewed for this standard andor level

Standards Initial Advanced

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions Standard Met Standard Met

Standard 2 Assessment System and Unit Evaluation Standard Met Standard Met

Standard 3 Field Experiences and Clinical Practice Standard Met Standard Met

Standard 4 Diversity Standard Met Standard Met

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance and Development Standard Met Standard Met

Standard 6 Unit Governance and Resources Standard Met Standard Met

Team Recommendations on Movement Toward Target

Not Applicable = Unit did not select this as a target standard

Standards Initial Advanced

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions Not Applicable Not Applicable

Standard 2 Assessment System and Unit Evaluation Not Applicable Not Applicable

Standard 3 Field Experiences and Clinical Practice Not Applicable Not Applicable

Standard 4 Diversity Not Applicable Not Applicable

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance and Development At Target (attained) At Target (attained)

Standard 6 Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable

I Introduction

I1 Brief Overview of the institution and the unit

Founded in 1866 the University of Kansas is a public research institution located in Lawrence Kansas with additional campuses in Kansas City Overland Park Wichita and Salina As of fall 2013 the university had over 27000 students about evenly split between men and women There are about 2700 faculty The university encompasses 13 schools with over 345 degree programs in 200 fields

The unit is the School of Education (SOE) which enrolls around 1600 students (about 5 of total university enrollment) In fall of 2013 683 of these students were undergraduates and 923 were graduate The school consists of five departments Curriculum and Teaching Educational Leadership and Policy Studies Health Sport and Exercise Sciences (HSES) Psychology and Research in Education and Special Education

The SOE offers 29 licensure programs approved by the Kansas State Department of Education The units school psychology program is approved by NASP There is also a Master in Curriculum and Instruction program that is self-evaluated because it does not lead to licensure Other non-licensure

(Confidential) Page 1

Exhibits and Documents Provided for the University of Kansasrsquo NCATECAEP Report

The following is a complete list of exhibits and documents provided to the NCATECAEP Board

of Examiners during the October 2014 University of Kansas visit The list is organized into four

categories (1) exhibits provided with the institutional report (2) exhibits provided with the

institutional report addendum (3) supplemental documents to the institutional report provided

after the addendum but prior to the onsite visit and (4) documents provided as requested by the

NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

Exhibits Provided with the Institutional Report

Standard 1

14a1 Table of Contents

14a2 KSDE Program approval letter 7-16-13

14a3 KSDE Program approval letter 10-23-13

14a4 KSDE Program approval letter 1-23-14

14a5 Program Enrollment and Completers 2010-13

14b1 Table of Contents

14b2 Title II Report 2008-09

14b3 Title II Report 2009-10

14b4 Title II Report 2010-11

14b5 Title II 2011-12

14c1 Table of Contents

14c2 KSDE Review of Program Assessment Format

14c3 KU SOE Proficiencies for Conceptual Framework

14c4 Program Area KSDE Assessments Table

14c5 Alignment Chart of Program Assessments with State Standards

14c6 Unit Key Assessments for Initial and Advanced Programs

14c7 KPTP Description

14c8 KPTP Tasks 1 and 2 Rubric for key assessment 2

14c9 KPTP Tasks 3 and 4 Rubric for key assessment 4

14c10 EC KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric

14c11 HPE KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric

14c12 Initial Program Field Experience Rubric for key assessment 3

14c13 Descriptions of Advanced Program Key Assessments

14c14 NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Programs

14d1 Table of Contents

14d2 PLT results for key assessment 1

14d3 Praxis II results for key assessment 1

14d4 KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

14d5 Student Teaching Observation for key assessment 3

14d6 Advanced program field experience data

14d7 Assessment Results for CampI Masters Program

14e1 Table of Contents

14e2 Disposition Letter Teacher Ed Initial Programs

14e3 Disposition Letter Teacher Education for advanced programs

14e4 Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment initial and advanced

14e5 Summative Assessment Professionalism for initial programs

14e6 Dispositions Assessments for CampI Masters Program

14f1 Candidate Course Disposition Assessment Data

14f2 Initial Program Summative Assessment Professionalism

14f3 Advanced Program Field Experience Professionalism Ratings

14f4 Proficiency Assessment Results for CampI Masters Program

14g1 Table of Contents

14g2 Art Education Portfolio

14g3 Biology Portfolio

14g4 Early Childhood Unified Portfolio

14g5 Elementary Portfolio

14g6 Physical Education Portfolio

14g7 UKan Teach Mathematics Portfolio

14h1 Table of Contents

14h2 Example high scoring Art Education Portfolio

14h3 Example high scoring Biology Portfolio

14h4 Example high scoring Elementary Portfolio

14h5 Example Early Childhood Unified Portfolio

14h6 Example low scoring Elementary Portfolio

14h7 Example low scoring English Language Arts Portfolio

14h8 Example high scoring Physical Education Portfolio

14h9 Example low scoring Music Education Portfolio

14h10 Example high scoring UKan Teach Mathematics Portfolio

14h11 Example low scoring Social Studies Portfolio

14h12 Example Portfolios for ESOL and Master in CampI

14h13 Adaptive SPED portfolio

14h14 Portfolio for Functional Program

14i1 Table of Contents

14i2 SOE Destination Report 2012-13

14i3 SOE Destination Survey 2011-12

14i4 EBI Results 2013

14i5 EBI Results 2012

14i6 EBI Results 2011

14i7 EBI Results 2010

14i8 SOE 2012 Alumni Survey

14i9 SOE 2011 Alumni Survey

14i10 SOE 2008 Alumni Survey

14i11 Graduate survey for Masters degree in CampI

14i12 Focus Groups on Quality of KU Teacher Preparation Programs

14j Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Surveys

14k Data sharing agreement with State

Standard 2

24a Assessment System Description

24b1 Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

24b2 Applicant Admission Assessment Data Tables

24c Unit Key Assessments Validity

24d1 Table of Contents

24d2 Assessment Task Calendar

24d3 Annual Unit Evaluation Report Form

24d4 Annual Program Evaluation Report Form

24d5 Example of Initial Program Data Report Updated and Shared Annually

24d6 Example of Advanced Program Data Report Updated and Shared Annually

24d7 Annual Program Evaluation Reports 2013

24d8 Annual Unit Evaluation Report for 2012-13

24e Grievance Policy and Procedures for Student Complaints

24f File of candidate complaints

24g1 Table of Contents

24g2 Summary of Significant Changes

24g3 Annual Reports of Teacher Education Committee

24g4 Online Initiative Overview

24g5 New four-year program change

24g6 The UKan Teach program

Standard 3

34a1 Table of Contents

34a2 PDS NCATE documents

34a3 Argentine Middle School PDS Handbook

34a4 Argentine Clinical Supervisor agenda

34a5 PDS recruitment announcement

34a6 PDS Recruitment Brochure

34a7 Superintendents Circle

34b1 Table of Contents

34b2 Field Experience Placements 2011-2012

34b3 Field Experience Placements 2012-2013

34b4 PDS School Demographics

34c Selection Requirements for Clinical Supervisors

34d1 Support for Clinical Supervisors NCATE 2013

34d2 Examples of Support of Clinical Faculty

34d3 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Table

34e1 Student Teaching Handbook

34e2 Field Experience Hours in Five-Year Program

34e3 Field Experience Hours in New Four-Year Program

34e4 Advanced program clinical experiences

34f1 Table of Contents

34f2 KPTP Description for Initial Programs During Student Teaching

34f3 Summative Teaching Observation Rubric

34g1 Table of Contents

34g2 PLT results

34g3 Praxis II results

34g4 KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

34g5 Summative Assessment - Student Teaching Observation

34g6 Advanced program field experience data

34g7 EBI Technology Item Results

34g8 Educational Technology Means from Summative Teacher Observation

34a8 KU Affiliation Agreement

Standard 4

44a KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

44b Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity

44c1 Table of Contents

44c2 KPTP Tasks 1 and 2 Rubric diversity elements

44c3 KPTP Tasks 3 and 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c4 EC KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c5 HPE KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44d Table on Faculty Demographics

44e1 Candidate Enrollment Demographic Tables by Program

44e2 Candidate Diversity Compared to Institution amp State

44f Demographics of Partner P-12 Schools

44g1 Table of Contents

44g2 Hiring for Excellence Overview

44g3 Summary of Hiring for Excellence program

44g4 Hiring for Excellence data 2012

44g5 Faculty and Academic Staff Recruiting Guidelines

44g6 Advertisement Placements for SPED searches

44h1 Table of Contents

44h2 Advancing a SOE Diversity Agenda

44h3 Educational Opportunity Programs

44h4 Multicultural Scholars Program in Education

44h5 SOE Diversity Events for Fall 2013

44h6 Practicing Educator Rate for SOE Graduate Programs

44i1 PDS NCATE summary

44i2 PDS School Demographics

Standard 5

54a Professional Education Faculty Qualifications amp Experience

54b Qualifications of Clinical Faculty

54c1 Clinical Supervisor Selection Requirements

54c2 Practices to Assure Clinical Faculty Meet Expectations

54c3 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Table

54d1 Table of Contents

54d2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54d3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54d4 CampT Dept proposed evaluation of scholarship

54d5a Barry Rice amp McDuffie-Dipman

54d5b Derby

54d5c Hallman

54d5d Kennedy Hart amp Kellems

54d5e Kim Morningstar amp Gaumer Erickson

54d5f Lohmeier amp Lee

54d5g Ng et al

54d5h OBrien Barker amp Ellsworth

54d5i Patterson amp Pahlke

54d5j1 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part1

54d5j2 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part2

54d5k Thomas amp Huffman

54d5l Wehmeyer et al

54e1 Summary of Faculty Service in Schools Community

54e2 Summary of Research Center Service

54e3 SOE Faculty Honors and Awards

54f1 Table of Contents

54f2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54f3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54f4 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Teaching

54f5 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Scholarship

54f6 CampT proposed evaluation of scholarship

54f7 Student Course Evaluations by Department

54f8 Faculty Scholarly Works Bibliography

54f9 Grants and Contracts 2010-2013

54g1 Table of Contents

54g2 SoE research support program info and forms

54g3 Support for faculty travel

54g4 Graduate Research Fund Guidelines

54g5 Graduate Research Fund Application

54g6 SOE Faculty Research Conference

54g7 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2013

54g8 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2014

54g9 On-Line Distance Education Support Program

54g10 Spring Workshops for Faculty by KU Center for Teaching Excellence

Standard 6

64a1 Table of Contents

64a2 SOE Policies

64a3 SOE Code Fall 2013

64a4 SOE Strategic Planning

64a5 Operating Procedures for Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum

64a6 Course Curricular Change Flow Chart

64a7 Curriculum Change Form

64a8 KU Core Nomination Form

64a9 SOE grade dispute document

64a10 Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council

64a11 Teacher Education Committee function

64a12 Graduate Studies Advisory Committee Policy

64b SOE Organizational Chart

64c Advising and Counseling Services

64d Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

64e 1 Table of Contents

64e2 School of Ed Flier 2013

64e3 EdD Brochure

64e4 Curriculum and Instruction Brochure

64e5 Ed Tech Brochure

64e6 Exercise Science Brochure

64e7 Leadership amp Policy Masters Brochure

64e8 SPED Brochure

64e9 Inside Scoop Dec 2012

64e10 Jayhawk Educator Fall 2013

64e11 KU Today

64e12 Provost e-News Bold Aspirations

64e13 Grading Policy

64e14 Academic Calendar Fall 2013

64e15 Academic Calendar Spring 2014

64e16 Academic Calendar Summer 2014

64f1 Unit Budget

64f2 NCATE Unit Line Item Budget

64g Budget Comparison with Other Units on Campus

64h1 Faculty workload policy

64h2 Salary Incentive Bonus Plan

64i1 SOE Technology Overview

64i2 Library Resources

64i3 Faculty Use of Technology for Teaching and Learning

64i4 Course Syllabi Featuring Technology

64j Online Initiative Overview

Exhibits Provided with the Institutional Report Addendum

153 KPTP Task Areas and Focus Areas with Rubrics Sept 2014pdf

154 Disposition Assessment Timeline Sept 2014pdf

1510 Information on Doctoral Programs Sept 2014pdf

1511a Rubrics for Assessment of Pedagogy and Learning for Advanced Programs Sept

2014pdf

1511b Advanced Program Data for Assessment 3 Sept 2014pdf

1512 Professionalism in Advanced Programs Sept 2014pdf

1513 Assessment 3 Rubrics-Technology Sept 2014pdf

1514 Assessments and Data from School Psychology Program for Use of School and

Community Resources Sept 2014pdf

1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014pdf

252 Unit Assessment System Sept 2014pdf

257 Alignment of Advanced Programs with Conceptual Framework Sept 2014pdf

352 Example of Diversity within a Partner Suburban District Sept 2014pdf

353 Early Field Experience and Advanced Practicum Sept 2014pdf

356 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Data Table Sept 2014pdf

441 NSSE Survey Data Regarding Diversity Sept 2014pdf

452 Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity Sept 2014pdf

453 SOE Strategic Plan For Diversity and Diversity Events Sept 2014pdf

454 KUs Faculty Diversity Policies and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

551 Technology and Instructional Techniques Used by Education Faculty Sept 2014pdf

552 Summary of Professional Development for P-12 Teachers Sept 2014pdf

554 Table of SoE Research Support Funds Sept 2014pdf

655 Advising and Counseling Services Sept 2014pdf

657a School of Education Budget for Three Years Sept 2014pdf

657b SOE Line Item Budget for 2011-2014 Sept 2014pdf

656 School of Education Post Tenure Review Criteria and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

Supplemental Documents to the IR provided after the Addendum prior to the onsite visit

Additional Evidence Submitted after IR Addendum

College Visit Day for Argentine Middle School 6th Graders October 2014

Diversity of Field Experience Schools

KU 2014 EBI Diversity Survey Frequency Report

KU Langston Hughes Professorship Chairs at SOE School Assembly 102414

Sept 29 2014 Provost eNews ndash Shaping a Vision for Diversity

Upcoming Diversity Events at KU for the 2014-15 Academic Year

2012-13 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Biology 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Building Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Chemistry 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report District Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Earth and Space 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ECU

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Elementary

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ESOL

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Foreign Language Programs

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Functional Special Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Health amp Physical Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Middle Level Science 5-8

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Music Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Physics 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report School Psychology

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UEC

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Earth amp Space Science

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Mathematics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Chemistry

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Physics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Visual Arts Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Biology

2013-14 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Adaptive Special Education

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report History amp Government

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

Call for Comments 2014

2014 Third Party Call for Comments

Course Syllabi

2013-2014 Course Syllabi

Complete List of Course Syllabi for Professional Education Courses

2014-2015 Course Syllabi (Fall 2014 Only)

CampT 344 Syllabus 2014

CampT 500 Syllabus 2014

CampT 598 Syllabus 2014

CampT 840 Syllabus 2014

CampT 841 Syllabus 2014

CT 100 Syllabus 2014

CT 235 Syllabus 2014

CT 324 Syllabus 2014

CT 347 Syllabus 2014

CT 349 Syllabus 2014

CT 351 Syllabus 2014

CT 352 353 Syllabus 2014

CT 360 Syllabus 2014

CT 366 Syllabus 2014

CT 430 Syllabus 2014

CT 448 Syllabus 2014

CT 460 Syllabus 2014

CT 489 Syllabus 2014

CT 490 Syllabus 2014

CT 530 Syllabus 2014

CT 541 Syllabus 2014

CT 542 Syllabus 2014

CT 543 Syllabus 2014

CT 544 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 250 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 301 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 302 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 537 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 757 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 853 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 953 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 955 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 957 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 995 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 998 Syllabus 2014

HSES 340 Syllabus 2014

HSES 341 Syllabus 2014

HSES 410 Syllabus 2014

HSES 500-780-501 Syllabus 2014

MATH 197 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 407 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 421 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 498 499 Syllabus 2014

PRE 770 Syllabus - 2014

PRE 798 Syllabus 2014

PRE 805 Syllabus 2014

PRE 855 Syllabus 2014

PRE 910 Syllabus 2014

PRE 947 Syllabus 2014

PRE 975 Syllabus 2014

PRE 991 Syllabus 2014

PRE 992 Syllabus 2014

SPED 362 Syllabus 2014

SPED 735 Syllabus 2014

SPED 741 641 Syllabus 2014

SPED 742 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 752 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 753 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 755 Syllabus 2014

SPED 775 Syllabus 2014

VAE 320 Syllabus 2014

VAE 341 Syllabus 2014

VAE 410 Syllabus 2014

VAE 420 Syllabus 2014

VAE 520 Syllabus 2014

VAE 695 Syllabus 2014

Previous Years Title II Reports

2008-09 KU Title II Report

2009-10 KU Title II Report

2010-11 KU Title II Report

2011-12 KU Title II Report

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 3: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Exhibits and Documents Provided for the University of Kansasrsquo NCATECAEP Report

The following is a complete list of exhibits and documents provided to the NCATECAEP Board

of Examiners during the October 2014 University of Kansas visit The list is organized into four

categories (1) exhibits provided with the institutional report (2) exhibits provided with the

institutional report addendum (3) supplemental documents to the institutional report provided

after the addendum but prior to the onsite visit and (4) documents provided as requested by the

NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

Exhibits Provided with the Institutional Report

Standard 1

14a1 Table of Contents

14a2 KSDE Program approval letter 7-16-13

14a3 KSDE Program approval letter 10-23-13

14a4 KSDE Program approval letter 1-23-14

14a5 Program Enrollment and Completers 2010-13

14b1 Table of Contents

14b2 Title II Report 2008-09

14b3 Title II Report 2009-10

14b4 Title II Report 2010-11

14b5 Title II 2011-12

14c1 Table of Contents

14c2 KSDE Review of Program Assessment Format

14c3 KU SOE Proficiencies for Conceptual Framework

14c4 Program Area KSDE Assessments Table

14c5 Alignment Chart of Program Assessments with State Standards

14c6 Unit Key Assessments for Initial and Advanced Programs

14c7 KPTP Description

14c8 KPTP Tasks 1 and 2 Rubric for key assessment 2

14c9 KPTP Tasks 3 and 4 Rubric for key assessment 4

14c10 EC KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric

14c11 HPE KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric

14c12 Initial Program Field Experience Rubric for key assessment 3

14c13 Descriptions of Advanced Program Key Assessments

14c14 NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Programs

14d1 Table of Contents

14d2 PLT results for key assessment 1

14d3 Praxis II results for key assessment 1

14d4 KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

14d5 Student Teaching Observation for key assessment 3

14d6 Advanced program field experience data

14d7 Assessment Results for CampI Masters Program

14e1 Table of Contents

14e2 Disposition Letter Teacher Ed Initial Programs

14e3 Disposition Letter Teacher Education for advanced programs

14e4 Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment initial and advanced

14e5 Summative Assessment Professionalism for initial programs

14e6 Dispositions Assessments for CampI Masters Program

14f1 Candidate Course Disposition Assessment Data

14f2 Initial Program Summative Assessment Professionalism

14f3 Advanced Program Field Experience Professionalism Ratings

14f4 Proficiency Assessment Results for CampI Masters Program

14g1 Table of Contents

14g2 Art Education Portfolio

14g3 Biology Portfolio

14g4 Early Childhood Unified Portfolio

14g5 Elementary Portfolio

14g6 Physical Education Portfolio

14g7 UKan Teach Mathematics Portfolio

14h1 Table of Contents

14h2 Example high scoring Art Education Portfolio

14h3 Example high scoring Biology Portfolio

14h4 Example high scoring Elementary Portfolio

14h5 Example Early Childhood Unified Portfolio

14h6 Example low scoring Elementary Portfolio

14h7 Example low scoring English Language Arts Portfolio

14h8 Example high scoring Physical Education Portfolio

14h9 Example low scoring Music Education Portfolio

14h10 Example high scoring UKan Teach Mathematics Portfolio

14h11 Example low scoring Social Studies Portfolio

14h12 Example Portfolios for ESOL and Master in CampI

14h13 Adaptive SPED portfolio

14h14 Portfolio for Functional Program

14i1 Table of Contents

14i2 SOE Destination Report 2012-13

14i3 SOE Destination Survey 2011-12

14i4 EBI Results 2013

14i5 EBI Results 2012

14i6 EBI Results 2011

14i7 EBI Results 2010

14i8 SOE 2012 Alumni Survey

14i9 SOE 2011 Alumni Survey

14i10 SOE 2008 Alumni Survey

14i11 Graduate survey for Masters degree in CampI

14i12 Focus Groups on Quality of KU Teacher Preparation Programs

14j Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Surveys

14k Data sharing agreement with State

Standard 2

24a Assessment System Description

24b1 Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

24b2 Applicant Admission Assessment Data Tables

24c Unit Key Assessments Validity

24d1 Table of Contents

24d2 Assessment Task Calendar

24d3 Annual Unit Evaluation Report Form

24d4 Annual Program Evaluation Report Form

24d5 Example of Initial Program Data Report Updated and Shared Annually

24d6 Example of Advanced Program Data Report Updated and Shared Annually

24d7 Annual Program Evaluation Reports 2013

24d8 Annual Unit Evaluation Report for 2012-13

24e Grievance Policy and Procedures for Student Complaints

24f File of candidate complaints

24g1 Table of Contents

24g2 Summary of Significant Changes

24g3 Annual Reports of Teacher Education Committee

24g4 Online Initiative Overview

24g5 New four-year program change

24g6 The UKan Teach program

Standard 3

34a1 Table of Contents

34a2 PDS NCATE documents

34a3 Argentine Middle School PDS Handbook

34a4 Argentine Clinical Supervisor agenda

34a5 PDS recruitment announcement

34a6 PDS Recruitment Brochure

34a7 Superintendents Circle

34b1 Table of Contents

34b2 Field Experience Placements 2011-2012

34b3 Field Experience Placements 2012-2013

34b4 PDS School Demographics

34c Selection Requirements for Clinical Supervisors

34d1 Support for Clinical Supervisors NCATE 2013

34d2 Examples of Support of Clinical Faculty

34d3 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Table

34e1 Student Teaching Handbook

34e2 Field Experience Hours in Five-Year Program

34e3 Field Experience Hours in New Four-Year Program

34e4 Advanced program clinical experiences

34f1 Table of Contents

34f2 KPTP Description for Initial Programs During Student Teaching

34f3 Summative Teaching Observation Rubric

34g1 Table of Contents

34g2 PLT results

34g3 Praxis II results

34g4 KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

34g5 Summative Assessment - Student Teaching Observation

34g6 Advanced program field experience data

34g7 EBI Technology Item Results

34g8 Educational Technology Means from Summative Teacher Observation

34a8 KU Affiliation Agreement

Standard 4

44a KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

44b Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity

44c1 Table of Contents

44c2 KPTP Tasks 1 and 2 Rubric diversity elements

44c3 KPTP Tasks 3 and 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c4 EC KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c5 HPE KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44d Table on Faculty Demographics

44e1 Candidate Enrollment Demographic Tables by Program

44e2 Candidate Diversity Compared to Institution amp State

44f Demographics of Partner P-12 Schools

44g1 Table of Contents

44g2 Hiring for Excellence Overview

44g3 Summary of Hiring for Excellence program

44g4 Hiring for Excellence data 2012

44g5 Faculty and Academic Staff Recruiting Guidelines

44g6 Advertisement Placements for SPED searches

44h1 Table of Contents

44h2 Advancing a SOE Diversity Agenda

44h3 Educational Opportunity Programs

44h4 Multicultural Scholars Program in Education

44h5 SOE Diversity Events for Fall 2013

44h6 Practicing Educator Rate for SOE Graduate Programs

44i1 PDS NCATE summary

44i2 PDS School Demographics

Standard 5

54a Professional Education Faculty Qualifications amp Experience

54b Qualifications of Clinical Faculty

54c1 Clinical Supervisor Selection Requirements

54c2 Practices to Assure Clinical Faculty Meet Expectations

54c3 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Table

54d1 Table of Contents

54d2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54d3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54d4 CampT Dept proposed evaluation of scholarship

54d5a Barry Rice amp McDuffie-Dipman

54d5b Derby

54d5c Hallman

54d5d Kennedy Hart amp Kellems

54d5e Kim Morningstar amp Gaumer Erickson

54d5f Lohmeier amp Lee

54d5g Ng et al

54d5h OBrien Barker amp Ellsworth

54d5i Patterson amp Pahlke

54d5j1 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part1

54d5j2 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part2

54d5k Thomas amp Huffman

54d5l Wehmeyer et al

54e1 Summary of Faculty Service in Schools Community

54e2 Summary of Research Center Service

54e3 SOE Faculty Honors and Awards

54f1 Table of Contents

54f2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54f3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54f4 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Teaching

54f5 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Scholarship

54f6 CampT proposed evaluation of scholarship

54f7 Student Course Evaluations by Department

54f8 Faculty Scholarly Works Bibliography

54f9 Grants and Contracts 2010-2013

54g1 Table of Contents

54g2 SoE research support program info and forms

54g3 Support for faculty travel

54g4 Graduate Research Fund Guidelines

54g5 Graduate Research Fund Application

54g6 SOE Faculty Research Conference

54g7 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2013

54g8 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2014

54g9 On-Line Distance Education Support Program

54g10 Spring Workshops for Faculty by KU Center for Teaching Excellence

Standard 6

64a1 Table of Contents

64a2 SOE Policies

64a3 SOE Code Fall 2013

64a4 SOE Strategic Planning

64a5 Operating Procedures for Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum

64a6 Course Curricular Change Flow Chart

64a7 Curriculum Change Form

64a8 KU Core Nomination Form

64a9 SOE grade dispute document

64a10 Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council

64a11 Teacher Education Committee function

64a12 Graduate Studies Advisory Committee Policy

64b SOE Organizational Chart

64c Advising and Counseling Services

64d Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

64e 1 Table of Contents

64e2 School of Ed Flier 2013

64e3 EdD Brochure

64e4 Curriculum and Instruction Brochure

64e5 Ed Tech Brochure

64e6 Exercise Science Brochure

64e7 Leadership amp Policy Masters Brochure

64e8 SPED Brochure

64e9 Inside Scoop Dec 2012

64e10 Jayhawk Educator Fall 2013

64e11 KU Today

64e12 Provost e-News Bold Aspirations

64e13 Grading Policy

64e14 Academic Calendar Fall 2013

64e15 Academic Calendar Spring 2014

64e16 Academic Calendar Summer 2014

64f1 Unit Budget

64f2 NCATE Unit Line Item Budget

64g Budget Comparison with Other Units on Campus

64h1 Faculty workload policy

64h2 Salary Incentive Bonus Plan

64i1 SOE Technology Overview

64i2 Library Resources

64i3 Faculty Use of Technology for Teaching and Learning

64i4 Course Syllabi Featuring Technology

64j Online Initiative Overview

Exhibits Provided with the Institutional Report Addendum

153 KPTP Task Areas and Focus Areas with Rubrics Sept 2014pdf

154 Disposition Assessment Timeline Sept 2014pdf

1510 Information on Doctoral Programs Sept 2014pdf

1511a Rubrics for Assessment of Pedagogy and Learning for Advanced Programs Sept

2014pdf

1511b Advanced Program Data for Assessment 3 Sept 2014pdf

1512 Professionalism in Advanced Programs Sept 2014pdf

1513 Assessment 3 Rubrics-Technology Sept 2014pdf

1514 Assessments and Data from School Psychology Program for Use of School and

Community Resources Sept 2014pdf

1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014pdf

252 Unit Assessment System Sept 2014pdf

257 Alignment of Advanced Programs with Conceptual Framework Sept 2014pdf

352 Example of Diversity within a Partner Suburban District Sept 2014pdf

353 Early Field Experience and Advanced Practicum Sept 2014pdf

356 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Data Table Sept 2014pdf

441 NSSE Survey Data Regarding Diversity Sept 2014pdf

452 Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity Sept 2014pdf

453 SOE Strategic Plan For Diversity and Diversity Events Sept 2014pdf

454 KUs Faculty Diversity Policies and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

551 Technology and Instructional Techniques Used by Education Faculty Sept 2014pdf

552 Summary of Professional Development for P-12 Teachers Sept 2014pdf

554 Table of SoE Research Support Funds Sept 2014pdf

655 Advising and Counseling Services Sept 2014pdf

657a School of Education Budget for Three Years Sept 2014pdf

657b SOE Line Item Budget for 2011-2014 Sept 2014pdf

656 School of Education Post Tenure Review Criteria and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

Supplemental Documents to the IR provided after the Addendum prior to the onsite visit

Additional Evidence Submitted after IR Addendum

College Visit Day for Argentine Middle School 6th Graders October 2014

Diversity of Field Experience Schools

KU 2014 EBI Diversity Survey Frequency Report

KU Langston Hughes Professorship Chairs at SOE School Assembly 102414

Sept 29 2014 Provost eNews ndash Shaping a Vision for Diversity

Upcoming Diversity Events at KU for the 2014-15 Academic Year

2012-13 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Biology 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Building Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Chemistry 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report District Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Earth and Space 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ECU

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Elementary

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ESOL

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Foreign Language Programs

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Functional Special Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Health amp Physical Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Middle Level Science 5-8

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Music Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Physics 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report School Psychology

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UEC

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Earth amp Space Science

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Mathematics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Chemistry

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Physics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Visual Arts Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Biology

2013-14 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Adaptive Special Education

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report History amp Government

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

Call for Comments 2014

2014 Third Party Call for Comments

Course Syllabi

2013-2014 Course Syllabi

Complete List of Course Syllabi for Professional Education Courses

2014-2015 Course Syllabi (Fall 2014 Only)

CampT 344 Syllabus 2014

CampT 500 Syllabus 2014

CampT 598 Syllabus 2014

CampT 840 Syllabus 2014

CampT 841 Syllabus 2014

CT 100 Syllabus 2014

CT 235 Syllabus 2014

CT 324 Syllabus 2014

CT 347 Syllabus 2014

CT 349 Syllabus 2014

CT 351 Syllabus 2014

CT 352 353 Syllabus 2014

CT 360 Syllabus 2014

CT 366 Syllabus 2014

CT 430 Syllabus 2014

CT 448 Syllabus 2014

CT 460 Syllabus 2014

CT 489 Syllabus 2014

CT 490 Syllabus 2014

CT 530 Syllabus 2014

CT 541 Syllabus 2014

CT 542 Syllabus 2014

CT 543 Syllabus 2014

CT 544 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 250 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 301 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 302 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 537 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 757 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 853 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 953 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 955 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 957 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 995 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 998 Syllabus 2014

HSES 340 Syllabus 2014

HSES 341 Syllabus 2014

HSES 410 Syllabus 2014

HSES 500-780-501 Syllabus 2014

MATH 197 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 407 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 421 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 498 499 Syllabus 2014

PRE 770 Syllabus - 2014

PRE 798 Syllabus 2014

PRE 805 Syllabus 2014

PRE 855 Syllabus 2014

PRE 910 Syllabus 2014

PRE 947 Syllabus 2014

PRE 975 Syllabus 2014

PRE 991 Syllabus 2014

PRE 992 Syllabus 2014

SPED 362 Syllabus 2014

SPED 735 Syllabus 2014

SPED 741 641 Syllabus 2014

SPED 742 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 752 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 753 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 755 Syllabus 2014

SPED 775 Syllabus 2014

VAE 320 Syllabus 2014

VAE 341 Syllabus 2014

VAE 410 Syllabus 2014

VAE 420 Syllabus 2014

VAE 520 Syllabus 2014

VAE 695 Syllabus 2014

Previous Years Title II Reports

2008-09 KU Title II Report

2009-10 KU Title II Report

2010-11 KU Title II Report

2011-12 KU Title II Report

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 4: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

14e4 Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment initial and advanced

14e5 Summative Assessment Professionalism for initial programs

14e6 Dispositions Assessments for CampI Masters Program

14f1 Candidate Course Disposition Assessment Data

14f2 Initial Program Summative Assessment Professionalism

14f3 Advanced Program Field Experience Professionalism Ratings

14f4 Proficiency Assessment Results for CampI Masters Program

14g1 Table of Contents

14g2 Art Education Portfolio

14g3 Biology Portfolio

14g4 Early Childhood Unified Portfolio

14g5 Elementary Portfolio

14g6 Physical Education Portfolio

14g7 UKan Teach Mathematics Portfolio

14h1 Table of Contents

14h2 Example high scoring Art Education Portfolio

14h3 Example high scoring Biology Portfolio

14h4 Example high scoring Elementary Portfolio

14h5 Example Early Childhood Unified Portfolio

14h6 Example low scoring Elementary Portfolio

14h7 Example low scoring English Language Arts Portfolio

14h8 Example high scoring Physical Education Portfolio

14h9 Example low scoring Music Education Portfolio

14h10 Example high scoring UKan Teach Mathematics Portfolio

14h11 Example low scoring Social Studies Portfolio

14h12 Example Portfolios for ESOL and Master in CampI

14h13 Adaptive SPED portfolio

14h14 Portfolio for Functional Program

14i1 Table of Contents

14i2 SOE Destination Report 2012-13

14i3 SOE Destination Survey 2011-12

14i4 EBI Results 2013

14i5 EBI Results 2012

14i6 EBI Results 2011

14i7 EBI Results 2010

14i8 SOE 2012 Alumni Survey

14i9 SOE 2011 Alumni Survey

14i10 SOE 2008 Alumni Survey

14i11 Graduate survey for Masters degree in CampI

14i12 Focus Groups on Quality of KU Teacher Preparation Programs

14j Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Surveys

14k Data sharing agreement with State

Standard 2

24a Assessment System Description

24b1 Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

24b2 Applicant Admission Assessment Data Tables

24c Unit Key Assessments Validity

24d1 Table of Contents

24d2 Assessment Task Calendar

24d3 Annual Unit Evaluation Report Form

24d4 Annual Program Evaluation Report Form

24d5 Example of Initial Program Data Report Updated and Shared Annually

24d6 Example of Advanced Program Data Report Updated and Shared Annually

24d7 Annual Program Evaluation Reports 2013

24d8 Annual Unit Evaluation Report for 2012-13

24e Grievance Policy and Procedures for Student Complaints

24f File of candidate complaints

24g1 Table of Contents

24g2 Summary of Significant Changes

24g3 Annual Reports of Teacher Education Committee

24g4 Online Initiative Overview

24g5 New four-year program change

24g6 The UKan Teach program

Standard 3

34a1 Table of Contents

34a2 PDS NCATE documents

34a3 Argentine Middle School PDS Handbook

34a4 Argentine Clinical Supervisor agenda

34a5 PDS recruitment announcement

34a6 PDS Recruitment Brochure

34a7 Superintendents Circle

34b1 Table of Contents

34b2 Field Experience Placements 2011-2012

34b3 Field Experience Placements 2012-2013

34b4 PDS School Demographics

34c Selection Requirements for Clinical Supervisors

34d1 Support for Clinical Supervisors NCATE 2013

34d2 Examples of Support of Clinical Faculty

34d3 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Table

34e1 Student Teaching Handbook

34e2 Field Experience Hours in Five-Year Program

34e3 Field Experience Hours in New Four-Year Program

34e4 Advanced program clinical experiences

34f1 Table of Contents

34f2 KPTP Description for Initial Programs During Student Teaching

34f3 Summative Teaching Observation Rubric

34g1 Table of Contents

34g2 PLT results

34g3 Praxis II results

34g4 KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

34g5 Summative Assessment - Student Teaching Observation

34g6 Advanced program field experience data

34g7 EBI Technology Item Results

34g8 Educational Technology Means from Summative Teacher Observation

34a8 KU Affiliation Agreement

Standard 4

44a KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

44b Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity

44c1 Table of Contents

44c2 KPTP Tasks 1 and 2 Rubric diversity elements

44c3 KPTP Tasks 3 and 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c4 EC KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c5 HPE KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44d Table on Faculty Demographics

44e1 Candidate Enrollment Demographic Tables by Program

44e2 Candidate Diversity Compared to Institution amp State

44f Demographics of Partner P-12 Schools

44g1 Table of Contents

44g2 Hiring for Excellence Overview

44g3 Summary of Hiring for Excellence program

44g4 Hiring for Excellence data 2012

44g5 Faculty and Academic Staff Recruiting Guidelines

44g6 Advertisement Placements for SPED searches

44h1 Table of Contents

44h2 Advancing a SOE Diversity Agenda

44h3 Educational Opportunity Programs

44h4 Multicultural Scholars Program in Education

44h5 SOE Diversity Events for Fall 2013

44h6 Practicing Educator Rate for SOE Graduate Programs

44i1 PDS NCATE summary

44i2 PDS School Demographics

Standard 5

54a Professional Education Faculty Qualifications amp Experience

54b Qualifications of Clinical Faculty

54c1 Clinical Supervisor Selection Requirements

54c2 Practices to Assure Clinical Faculty Meet Expectations

54c3 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Table

54d1 Table of Contents

54d2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54d3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54d4 CampT Dept proposed evaluation of scholarship

54d5a Barry Rice amp McDuffie-Dipman

54d5b Derby

54d5c Hallman

54d5d Kennedy Hart amp Kellems

54d5e Kim Morningstar amp Gaumer Erickson

54d5f Lohmeier amp Lee

54d5g Ng et al

54d5h OBrien Barker amp Ellsworth

54d5i Patterson amp Pahlke

54d5j1 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part1

54d5j2 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part2

54d5k Thomas amp Huffman

54d5l Wehmeyer et al

54e1 Summary of Faculty Service in Schools Community

54e2 Summary of Research Center Service

54e3 SOE Faculty Honors and Awards

54f1 Table of Contents

54f2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54f3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54f4 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Teaching

54f5 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Scholarship

54f6 CampT proposed evaluation of scholarship

54f7 Student Course Evaluations by Department

54f8 Faculty Scholarly Works Bibliography

54f9 Grants and Contracts 2010-2013

54g1 Table of Contents

54g2 SoE research support program info and forms

54g3 Support for faculty travel

54g4 Graduate Research Fund Guidelines

54g5 Graduate Research Fund Application

54g6 SOE Faculty Research Conference

54g7 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2013

54g8 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2014

54g9 On-Line Distance Education Support Program

54g10 Spring Workshops for Faculty by KU Center for Teaching Excellence

Standard 6

64a1 Table of Contents

64a2 SOE Policies

64a3 SOE Code Fall 2013

64a4 SOE Strategic Planning

64a5 Operating Procedures for Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum

64a6 Course Curricular Change Flow Chart

64a7 Curriculum Change Form

64a8 KU Core Nomination Form

64a9 SOE grade dispute document

64a10 Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council

64a11 Teacher Education Committee function

64a12 Graduate Studies Advisory Committee Policy

64b SOE Organizational Chart

64c Advising and Counseling Services

64d Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

64e 1 Table of Contents

64e2 School of Ed Flier 2013

64e3 EdD Brochure

64e4 Curriculum and Instruction Brochure

64e5 Ed Tech Brochure

64e6 Exercise Science Brochure

64e7 Leadership amp Policy Masters Brochure

64e8 SPED Brochure

64e9 Inside Scoop Dec 2012

64e10 Jayhawk Educator Fall 2013

64e11 KU Today

64e12 Provost e-News Bold Aspirations

64e13 Grading Policy

64e14 Academic Calendar Fall 2013

64e15 Academic Calendar Spring 2014

64e16 Academic Calendar Summer 2014

64f1 Unit Budget

64f2 NCATE Unit Line Item Budget

64g Budget Comparison with Other Units on Campus

64h1 Faculty workload policy

64h2 Salary Incentive Bonus Plan

64i1 SOE Technology Overview

64i2 Library Resources

64i3 Faculty Use of Technology for Teaching and Learning

64i4 Course Syllabi Featuring Technology

64j Online Initiative Overview

Exhibits Provided with the Institutional Report Addendum

153 KPTP Task Areas and Focus Areas with Rubrics Sept 2014pdf

154 Disposition Assessment Timeline Sept 2014pdf

1510 Information on Doctoral Programs Sept 2014pdf

1511a Rubrics for Assessment of Pedagogy and Learning for Advanced Programs Sept

2014pdf

1511b Advanced Program Data for Assessment 3 Sept 2014pdf

1512 Professionalism in Advanced Programs Sept 2014pdf

1513 Assessment 3 Rubrics-Technology Sept 2014pdf

1514 Assessments and Data from School Psychology Program for Use of School and

Community Resources Sept 2014pdf

1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014pdf

252 Unit Assessment System Sept 2014pdf

257 Alignment of Advanced Programs with Conceptual Framework Sept 2014pdf

352 Example of Diversity within a Partner Suburban District Sept 2014pdf

353 Early Field Experience and Advanced Practicum Sept 2014pdf

356 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Data Table Sept 2014pdf

441 NSSE Survey Data Regarding Diversity Sept 2014pdf

452 Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity Sept 2014pdf

453 SOE Strategic Plan For Diversity and Diversity Events Sept 2014pdf

454 KUs Faculty Diversity Policies and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

551 Technology and Instructional Techniques Used by Education Faculty Sept 2014pdf

552 Summary of Professional Development for P-12 Teachers Sept 2014pdf

554 Table of SoE Research Support Funds Sept 2014pdf

655 Advising and Counseling Services Sept 2014pdf

657a School of Education Budget for Three Years Sept 2014pdf

657b SOE Line Item Budget for 2011-2014 Sept 2014pdf

656 School of Education Post Tenure Review Criteria and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

Supplemental Documents to the IR provided after the Addendum prior to the onsite visit

Additional Evidence Submitted after IR Addendum

College Visit Day for Argentine Middle School 6th Graders October 2014

Diversity of Field Experience Schools

KU 2014 EBI Diversity Survey Frequency Report

KU Langston Hughes Professorship Chairs at SOE School Assembly 102414

Sept 29 2014 Provost eNews ndash Shaping a Vision for Diversity

Upcoming Diversity Events at KU for the 2014-15 Academic Year

2012-13 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Biology 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Building Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Chemistry 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report District Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Earth and Space 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ECU

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Elementary

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ESOL

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Foreign Language Programs

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Functional Special Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Health amp Physical Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Middle Level Science 5-8

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Music Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Physics 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report School Psychology

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UEC

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Earth amp Space Science

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Mathematics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Chemistry

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Physics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Visual Arts Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Biology

2013-14 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Adaptive Special Education

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report History amp Government

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

Call for Comments 2014

2014 Third Party Call for Comments

Course Syllabi

2013-2014 Course Syllabi

Complete List of Course Syllabi for Professional Education Courses

2014-2015 Course Syllabi (Fall 2014 Only)

CampT 344 Syllabus 2014

CampT 500 Syllabus 2014

CampT 598 Syllabus 2014

CampT 840 Syllabus 2014

CampT 841 Syllabus 2014

CT 100 Syllabus 2014

CT 235 Syllabus 2014

CT 324 Syllabus 2014

CT 347 Syllabus 2014

CT 349 Syllabus 2014

CT 351 Syllabus 2014

CT 352 353 Syllabus 2014

CT 360 Syllabus 2014

CT 366 Syllabus 2014

CT 430 Syllabus 2014

CT 448 Syllabus 2014

CT 460 Syllabus 2014

CT 489 Syllabus 2014

CT 490 Syllabus 2014

CT 530 Syllabus 2014

CT 541 Syllabus 2014

CT 542 Syllabus 2014

CT 543 Syllabus 2014

CT 544 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 250 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 301 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 302 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 537 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 757 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 853 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 953 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 955 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 957 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 995 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 998 Syllabus 2014

HSES 340 Syllabus 2014

HSES 341 Syllabus 2014

HSES 410 Syllabus 2014

HSES 500-780-501 Syllabus 2014

MATH 197 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 407 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 421 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 498 499 Syllabus 2014

PRE 770 Syllabus - 2014

PRE 798 Syllabus 2014

PRE 805 Syllabus 2014

PRE 855 Syllabus 2014

PRE 910 Syllabus 2014

PRE 947 Syllabus 2014

PRE 975 Syllabus 2014

PRE 991 Syllabus 2014

PRE 992 Syllabus 2014

SPED 362 Syllabus 2014

SPED 735 Syllabus 2014

SPED 741 641 Syllabus 2014

SPED 742 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 752 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 753 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 755 Syllabus 2014

SPED 775 Syllabus 2014

VAE 320 Syllabus 2014

VAE 341 Syllabus 2014

VAE 410 Syllabus 2014

VAE 420 Syllabus 2014

VAE 520 Syllabus 2014

VAE 695 Syllabus 2014

Previous Years Title II Reports

2008-09 KU Title II Report

2009-10 KU Title II Report

2010-11 KU Title II Report

2011-12 KU Title II Report

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 5: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

24b2 Applicant Admission Assessment Data Tables

24c Unit Key Assessments Validity

24d1 Table of Contents

24d2 Assessment Task Calendar

24d3 Annual Unit Evaluation Report Form

24d4 Annual Program Evaluation Report Form

24d5 Example of Initial Program Data Report Updated and Shared Annually

24d6 Example of Advanced Program Data Report Updated and Shared Annually

24d7 Annual Program Evaluation Reports 2013

24d8 Annual Unit Evaluation Report for 2012-13

24e Grievance Policy and Procedures for Student Complaints

24f File of candidate complaints

24g1 Table of Contents

24g2 Summary of Significant Changes

24g3 Annual Reports of Teacher Education Committee

24g4 Online Initiative Overview

24g5 New four-year program change

24g6 The UKan Teach program

Standard 3

34a1 Table of Contents

34a2 PDS NCATE documents

34a3 Argentine Middle School PDS Handbook

34a4 Argentine Clinical Supervisor agenda

34a5 PDS recruitment announcement

34a6 PDS Recruitment Brochure

34a7 Superintendents Circle

34b1 Table of Contents

34b2 Field Experience Placements 2011-2012

34b3 Field Experience Placements 2012-2013

34b4 PDS School Demographics

34c Selection Requirements for Clinical Supervisors

34d1 Support for Clinical Supervisors NCATE 2013

34d2 Examples of Support of Clinical Faculty

34d3 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Table

34e1 Student Teaching Handbook

34e2 Field Experience Hours in Five-Year Program

34e3 Field Experience Hours in New Four-Year Program

34e4 Advanced program clinical experiences

34f1 Table of Contents

34f2 KPTP Description for Initial Programs During Student Teaching

34f3 Summative Teaching Observation Rubric

34g1 Table of Contents

34g2 PLT results

34g3 Praxis II results

34g4 KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

34g5 Summative Assessment - Student Teaching Observation

34g6 Advanced program field experience data

34g7 EBI Technology Item Results

34g8 Educational Technology Means from Summative Teacher Observation

34a8 KU Affiliation Agreement

Standard 4

44a KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

44b Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity

44c1 Table of Contents

44c2 KPTP Tasks 1 and 2 Rubric diversity elements

44c3 KPTP Tasks 3 and 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c4 EC KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c5 HPE KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44d Table on Faculty Demographics

44e1 Candidate Enrollment Demographic Tables by Program

44e2 Candidate Diversity Compared to Institution amp State

44f Demographics of Partner P-12 Schools

44g1 Table of Contents

44g2 Hiring for Excellence Overview

44g3 Summary of Hiring for Excellence program

44g4 Hiring for Excellence data 2012

44g5 Faculty and Academic Staff Recruiting Guidelines

44g6 Advertisement Placements for SPED searches

44h1 Table of Contents

44h2 Advancing a SOE Diversity Agenda

44h3 Educational Opportunity Programs

44h4 Multicultural Scholars Program in Education

44h5 SOE Diversity Events for Fall 2013

44h6 Practicing Educator Rate for SOE Graduate Programs

44i1 PDS NCATE summary

44i2 PDS School Demographics

Standard 5

54a Professional Education Faculty Qualifications amp Experience

54b Qualifications of Clinical Faculty

54c1 Clinical Supervisor Selection Requirements

54c2 Practices to Assure Clinical Faculty Meet Expectations

54c3 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Table

54d1 Table of Contents

54d2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54d3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54d4 CampT Dept proposed evaluation of scholarship

54d5a Barry Rice amp McDuffie-Dipman

54d5b Derby

54d5c Hallman

54d5d Kennedy Hart amp Kellems

54d5e Kim Morningstar amp Gaumer Erickson

54d5f Lohmeier amp Lee

54d5g Ng et al

54d5h OBrien Barker amp Ellsworth

54d5i Patterson amp Pahlke

54d5j1 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part1

54d5j2 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part2

54d5k Thomas amp Huffman

54d5l Wehmeyer et al

54e1 Summary of Faculty Service in Schools Community

54e2 Summary of Research Center Service

54e3 SOE Faculty Honors and Awards

54f1 Table of Contents

54f2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54f3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54f4 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Teaching

54f5 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Scholarship

54f6 CampT proposed evaluation of scholarship

54f7 Student Course Evaluations by Department

54f8 Faculty Scholarly Works Bibliography

54f9 Grants and Contracts 2010-2013

54g1 Table of Contents

54g2 SoE research support program info and forms

54g3 Support for faculty travel

54g4 Graduate Research Fund Guidelines

54g5 Graduate Research Fund Application

54g6 SOE Faculty Research Conference

54g7 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2013

54g8 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2014

54g9 On-Line Distance Education Support Program

54g10 Spring Workshops for Faculty by KU Center for Teaching Excellence

Standard 6

64a1 Table of Contents

64a2 SOE Policies

64a3 SOE Code Fall 2013

64a4 SOE Strategic Planning

64a5 Operating Procedures for Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum

64a6 Course Curricular Change Flow Chart

64a7 Curriculum Change Form

64a8 KU Core Nomination Form

64a9 SOE grade dispute document

64a10 Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council

64a11 Teacher Education Committee function

64a12 Graduate Studies Advisory Committee Policy

64b SOE Organizational Chart

64c Advising and Counseling Services

64d Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

64e 1 Table of Contents

64e2 School of Ed Flier 2013

64e3 EdD Brochure

64e4 Curriculum and Instruction Brochure

64e5 Ed Tech Brochure

64e6 Exercise Science Brochure

64e7 Leadership amp Policy Masters Brochure

64e8 SPED Brochure

64e9 Inside Scoop Dec 2012

64e10 Jayhawk Educator Fall 2013

64e11 KU Today

64e12 Provost e-News Bold Aspirations

64e13 Grading Policy

64e14 Academic Calendar Fall 2013

64e15 Academic Calendar Spring 2014

64e16 Academic Calendar Summer 2014

64f1 Unit Budget

64f2 NCATE Unit Line Item Budget

64g Budget Comparison with Other Units on Campus

64h1 Faculty workload policy

64h2 Salary Incentive Bonus Plan

64i1 SOE Technology Overview

64i2 Library Resources

64i3 Faculty Use of Technology for Teaching and Learning

64i4 Course Syllabi Featuring Technology

64j Online Initiative Overview

Exhibits Provided with the Institutional Report Addendum

153 KPTP Task Areas and Focus Areas with Rubrics Sept 2014pdf

154 Disposition Assessment Timeline Sept 2014pdf

1510 Information on Doctoral Programs Sept 2014pdf

1511a Rubrics for Assessment of Pedagogy and Learning for Advanced Programs Sept

2014pdf

1511b Advanced Program Data for Assessment 3 Sept 2014pdf

1512 Professionalism in Advanced Programs Sept 2014pdf

1513 Assessment 3 Rubrics-Technology Sept 2014pdf

1514 Assessments and Data from School Psychology Program for Use of School and

Community Resources Sept 2014pdf

1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014pdf

252 Unit Assessment System Sept 2014pdf

257 Alignment of Advanced Programs with Conceptual Framework Sept 2014pdf

352 Example of Diversity within a Partner Suburban District Sept 2014pdf

353 Early Field Experience and Advanced Practicum Sept 2014pdf

356 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Data Table Sept 2014pdf

441 NSSE Survey Data Regarding Diversity Sept 2014pdf

452 Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity Sept 2014pdf

453 SOE Strategic Plan For Diversity and Diversity Events Sept 2014pdf

454 KUs Faculty Diversity Policies and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

551 Technology and Instructional Techniques Used by Education Faculty Sept 2014pdf

552 Summary of Professional Development for P-12 Teachers Sept 2014pdf

554 Table of SoE Research Support Funds Sept 2014pdf

655 Advising and Counseling Services Sept 2014pdf

657a School of Education Budget for Three Years Sept 2014pdf

657b SOE Line Item Budget for 2011-2014 Sept 2014pdf

656 School of Education Post Tenure Review Criteria and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

Supplemental Documents to the IR provided after the Addendum prior to the onsite visit

Additional Evidence Submitted after IR Addendum

College Visit Day for Argentine Middle School 6th Graders October 2014

Diversity of Field Experience Schools

KU 2014 EBI Diversity Survey Frequency Report

KU Langston Hughes Professorship Chairs at SOE School Assembly 102414

Sept 29 2014 Provost eNews ndash Shaping a Vision for Diversity

Upcoming Diversity Events at KU for the 2014-15 Academic Year

2012-13 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Biology 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Building Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Chemistry 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report District Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Earth and Space 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ECU

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Elementary

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ESOL

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Foreign Language Programs

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Functional Special Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Health amp Physical Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Middle Level Science 5-8

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Music Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Physics 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report School Psychology

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UEC

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Earth amp Space Science

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Mathematics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Chemistry

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Physics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Visual Arts Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Biology

2013-14 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Adaptive Special Education

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report History amp Government

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

Call for Comments 2014

2014 Third Party Call for Comments

Course Syllabi

2013-2014 Course Syllabi

Complete List of Course Syllabi for Professional Education Courses

2014-2015 Course Syllabi (Fall 2014 Only)

CampT 344 Syllabus 2014

CampT 500 Syllabus 2014

CampT 598 Syllabus 2014

CampT 840 Syllabus 2014

CampT 841 Syllabus 2014

CT 100 Syllabus 2014

CT 235 Syllabus 2014

CT 324 Syllabus 2014

CT 347 Syllabus 2014

CT 349 Syllabus 2014

CT 351 Syllabus 2014

CT 352 353 Syllabus 2014

CT 360 Syllabus 2014

CT 366 Syllabus 2014

CT 430 Syllabus 2014

CT 448 Syllabus 2014

CT 460 Syllabus 2014

CT 489 Syllabus 2014

CT 490 Syllabus 2014

CT 530 Syllabus 2014

CT 541 Syllabus 2014

CT 542 Syllabus 2014

CT 543 Syllabus 2014

CT 544 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 250 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 301 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 302 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 537 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 757 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 853 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 953 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 955 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 957 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 995 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 998 Syllabus 2014

HSES 340 Syllabus 2014

HSES 341 Syllabus 2014

HSES 410 Syllabus 2014

HSES 500-780-501 Syllabus 2014

MATH 197 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 407 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 421 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 498 499 Syllabus 2014

PRE 770 Syllabus - 2014

PRE 798 Syllabus 2014

PRE 805 Syllabus 2014

PRE 855 Syllabus 2014

PRE 910 Syllabus 2014

PRE 947 Syllabus 2014

PRE 975 Syllabus 2014

PRE 991 Syllabus 2014

PRE 992 Syllabus 2014

SPED 362 Syllabus 2014

SPED 735 Syllabus 2014

SPED 741 641 Syllabus 2014

SPED 742 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 752 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 753 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 755 Syllabus 2014

SPED 775 Syllabus 2014

VAE 320 Syllabus 2014

VAE 341 Syllabus 2014

VAE 410 Syllabus 2014

VAE 420 Syllabus 2014

VAE 520 Syllabus 2014

VAE 695 Syllabus 2014

Previous Years Title II Reports

2008-09 KU Title II Report

2009-10 KU Title II Report

2010-11 KU Title II Report

2011-12 KU Title II Report

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 6: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

34g5 Summative Assessment - Student Teaching Observation

34g6 Advanced program field experience data

34g7 EBI Technology Item Results

34g8 Educational Technology Means from Summative Teacher Observation

34a8 KU Affiliation Agreement

Standard 4

44a KPTP Focus Area Score Means and Frequencies

44b Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity

44c1 Table of Contents

44c2 KPTP Tasks 1 and 2 Rubric diversity elements

44c3 KPTP Tasks 3 and 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c4 EC KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44c5 HPE KPTP Tasks 1 through 4 Rubric diversity elements

44d Table on Faculty Demographics

44e1 Candidate Enrollment Demographic Tables by Program

44e2 Candidate Diversity Compared to Institution amp State

44f Demographics of Partner P-12 Schools

44g1 Table of Contents

44g2 Hiring for Excellence Overview

44g3 Summary of Hiring for Excellence program

44g4 Hiring for Excellence data 2012

44g5 Faculty and Academic Staff Recruiting Guidelines

44g6 Advertisement Placements for SPED searches

44h1 Table of Contents

44h2 Advancing a SOE Diversity Agenda

44h3 Educational Opportunity Programs

44h4 Multicultural Scholars Program in Education

44h5 SOE Diversity Events for Fall 2013

44h6 Practicing Educator Rate for SOE Graduate Programs

44i1 PDS NCATE summary

44i2 PDS School Demographics

Standard 5

54a Professional Education Faculty Qualifications amp Experience

54b Qualifications of Clinical Faculty

54c1 Clinical Supervisor Selection Requirements

54c2 Practices to Assure Clinical Faculty Meet Expectations

54c3 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Table

54d1 Table of Contents

54d2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54d3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54d4 CampT Dept proposed evaluation of scholarship

54d5a Barry Rice amp McDuffie-Dipman

54d5b Derby

54d5c Hallman

54d5d Kennedy Hart amp Kellems

54d5e Kim Morningstar amp Gaumer Erickson

54d5f Lohmeier amp Lee

54d5g Ng et al

54d5h OBrien Barker amp Ellsworth

54d5i Patterson amp Pahlke

54d5j1 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part1

54d5j2 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part2

54d5k Thomas amp Huffman

54d5l Wehmeyer et al

54e1 Summary of Faculty Service in Schools Community

54e2 Summary of Research Center Service

54e3 SOE Faculty Honors and Awards

54f1 Table of Contents

54f2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54f3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54f4 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Teaching

54f5 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Scholarship

54f6 CampT proposed evaluation of scholarship

54f7 Student Course Evaluations by Department

54f8 Faculty Scholarly Works Bibliography

54f9 Grants and Contracts 2010-2013

54g1 Table of Contents

54g2 SoE research support program info and forms

54g3 Support for faculty travel

54g4 Graduate Research Fund Guidelines

54g5 Graduate Research Fund Application

54g6 SOE Faculty Research Conference

54g7 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2013

54g8 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2014

54g9 On-Line Distance Education Support Program

54g10 Spring Workshops for Faculty by KU Center for Teaching Excellence

Standard 6

64a1 Table of Contents

64a2 SOE Policies

64a3 SOE Code Fall 2013

64a4 SOE Strategic Planning

64a5 Operating Procedures for Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum

64a6 Course Curricular Change Flow Chart

64a7 Curriculum Change Form

64a8 KU Core Nomination Form

64a9 SOE grade dispute document

64a10 Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council

64a11 Teacher Education Committee function

64a12 Graduate Studies Advisory Committee Policy

64b SOE Organizational Chart

64c Advising and Counseling Services

64d Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

64e 1 Table of Contents

64e2 School of Ed Flier 2013

64e3 EdD Brochure

64e4 Curriculum and Instruction Brochure

64e5 Ed Tech Brochure

64e6 Exercise Science Brochure

64e7 Leadership amp Policy Masters Brochure

64e8 SPED Brochure

64e9 Inside Scoop Dec 2012

64e10 Jayhawk Educator Fall 2013

64e11 KU Today

64e12 Provost e-News Bold Aspirations

64e13 Grading Policy

64e14 Academic Calendar Fall 2013

64e15 Academic Calendar Spring 2014

64e16 Academic Calendar Summer 2014

64f1 Unit Budget

64f2 NCATE Unit Line Item Budget

64g Budget Comparison with Other Units on Campus

64h1 Faculty workload policy

64h2 Salary Incentive Bonus Plan

64i1 SOE Technology Overview

64i2 Library Resources

64i3 Faculty Use of Technology for Teaching and Learning

64i4 Course Syllabi Featuring Technology

64j Online Initiative Overview

Exhibits Provided with the Institutional Report Addendum

153 KPTP Task Areas and Focus Areas with Rubrics Sept 2014pdf

154 Disposition Assessment Timeline Sept 2014pdf

1510 Information on Doctoral Programs Sept 2014pdf

1511a Rubrics for Assessment of Pedagogy and Learning for Advanced Programs Sept

2014pdf

1511b Advanced Program Data for Assessment 3 Sept 2014pdf

1512 Professionalism in Advanced Programs Sept 2014pdf

1513 Assessment 3 Rubrics-Technology Sept 2014pdf

1514 Assessments and Data from School Psychology Program for Use of School and

Community Resources Sept 2014pdf

1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014pdf

252 Unit Assessment System Sept 2014pdf

257 Alignment of Advanced Programs with Conceptual Framework Sept 2014pdf

352 Example of Diversity within a Partner Suburban District Sept 2014pdf

353 Early Field Experience and Advanced Practicum Sept 2014pdf

356 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Data Table Sept 2014pdf

441 NSSE Survey Data Regarding Diversity Sept 2014pdf

452 Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity Sept 2014pdf

453 SOE Strategic Plan For Diversity and Diversity Events Sept 2014pdf

454 KUs Faculty Diversity Policies and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

551 Technology and Instructional Techniques Used by Education Faculty Sept 2014pdf

552 Summary of Professional Development for P-12 Teachers Sept 2014pdf

554 Table of SoE Research Support Funds Sept 2014pdf

655 Advising and Counseling Services Sept 2014pdf

657a School of Education Budget for Three Years Sept 2014pdf

657b SOE Line Item Budget for 2011-2014 Sept 2014pdf

656 School of Education Post Tenure Review Criteria and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

Supplemental Documents to the IR provided after the Addendum prior to the onsite visit

Additional Evidence Submitted after IR Addendum

College Visit Day for Argentine Middle School 6th Graders October 2014

Diversity of Field Experience Schools

KU 2014 EBI Diversity Survey Frequency Report

KU Langston Hughes Professorship Chairs at SOE School Assembly 102414

Sept 29 2014 Provost eNews ndash Shaping a Vision for Diversity

Upcoming Diversity Events at KU for the 2014-15 Academic Year

2012-13 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Biology 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Building Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Chemistry 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report District Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Earth and Space 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ECU

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Elementary

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ESOL

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Foreign Language Programs

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Functional Special Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Health amp Physical Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Middle Level Science 5-8

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Music Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Physics 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report School Psychology

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UEC

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Earth amp Space Science

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Mathematics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Chemistry

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Physics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Visual Arts Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Biology

2013-14 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Adaptive Special Education

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report History amp Government

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

Call for Comments 2014

2014 Third Party Call for Comments

Course Syllabi

2013-2014 Course Syllabi

Complete List of Course Syllabi for Professional Education Courses

2014-2015 Course Syllabi (Fall 2014 Only)

CampT 344 Syllabus 2014

CampT 500 Syllabus 2014

CampT 598 Syllabus 2014

CampT 840 Syllabus 2014

CampT 841 Syllabus 2014

CT 100 Syllabus 2014

CT 235 Syllabus 2014

CT 324 Syllabus 2014

CT 347 Syllabus 2014

CT 349 Syllabus 2014

CT 351 Syllabus 2014

CT 352 353 Syllabus 2014

CT 360 Syllabus 2014

CT 366 Syllabus 2014

CT 430 Syllabus 2014

CT 448 Syllabus 2014

CT 460 Syllabus 2014

CT 489 Syllabus 2014

CT 490 Syllabus 2014

CT 530 Syllabus 2014

CT 541 Syllabus 2014

CT 542 Syllabus 2014

CT 543 Syllabus 2014

CT 544 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 250 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 301 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 302 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 537 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 757 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 853 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 953 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 955 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 957 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 995 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 998 Syllabus 2014

HSES 340 Syllabus 2014

HSES 341 Syllabus 2014

HSES 410 Syllabus 2014

HSES 500-780-501 Syllabus 2014

MATH 197 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 407 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 421 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 498 499 Syllabus 2014

PRE 770 Syllabus - 2014

PRE 798 Syllabus 2014

PRE 805 Syllabus 2014

PRE 855 Syllabus 2014

PRE 910 Syllabus 2014

PRE 947 Syllabus 2014

PRE 975 Syllabus 2014

PRE 991 Syllabus 2014

PRE 992 Syllabus 2014

SPED 362 Syllabus 2014

SPED 735 Syllabus 2014

SPED 741 641 Syllabus 2014

SPED 742 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 752 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 753 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 755 Syllabus 2014

SPED 775 Syllabus 2014

VAE 320 Syllabus 2014

VAE 341 Syllabus 2014

VAE 410 Syllabus 2014

VAE 420 Syllabus 2014

VAE 520 Syllabus 2014

VAE 695 Syllabus 2014

Previous Years Title II Reports

2008-09 KU Title II Report

2009-10 KU Title II Report

2010-11 KU Title II Report

2011-12 KU Title II Report

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 7: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

54d5d Kennedy Hart amp Kellems

54d5e Kim Morningstar amp Gaumer Erickson

54d5f Lohmeier amp Lee

54d5g Ng et al

54d5h OBrien Barker amp Ellsworth

54d5i Patterson amp Pahlke

54d5j1 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part1

54d5j2 Peter Markham amp Frey_Part2

54d5k Thomas amp Huffman

54d5l Wehmeyer et al

54e1 Summary of Faculty Service in Schools Community

54e2 Summary of Research Center Service

54e3 SOE Faculty Honors and Awards

54f1 Table of Contents

54f2 University Faculty Evaluation Policy for Tenure-Track and Tenured Faculty Members

54f3 SOE Promotion and Tenure Policy

54f4 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Teaching

54f5 SOE Policy on Evaluation of Scholarship

54f6 CampT proposed evaluation of scholarship

54f7 Student Course Evaluations by Department

54f8 Faculty Scholarly Works Bibliography

54f9 Grants and Contracts 2010-2013

54g1 Table of Contents

54g2 SoE research support program info and forms

54g3 Support for faculty travel

54g4 Graduate Research Fund Guidelines

54g5 Graduate Research Fund Application

54g6 SOE Faculty Research Conference

54g7 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2013

54g8 Research Symposium Conference Schedule 2014

54g9 On-Line Distance Education Support Program

54g10 Spring Workshops for Faculty by KU Center for Teaching Excellence

Standard 6

64a1 Table of Contents

64a2 SOE Policies

64a3 SOE Code Fall 2013

64a4 SOE Strategic Planning

64a5 Operating Procedures for Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum

64a6 Course Curricular Change Flow Chart

64a7 Curriculum Change Form

64a8 KU Core Nomination Form

64a9 SOE grade dispute document

64a10 Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council

64a11 Teacher Education Committee function

64a12 Graduate Studies Advisory Committee Policy

64b SOE Organizational Chart

64c Advising and Counseling Services

64d Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

64e 1 Table of Contents

64e2 School of Ed Flier 2013

64e3 EdD Brochure

64e4 Curriculum and Instruction Brochure

64e5 Ed Tech Brochure

64e6 Exercise Science Brochure

64e7 Leadership amp Policy Masters Brochure

64e8 SPED Brochure

64e9 Inside Scoop Dec 2012

64e10 Jayhawk Educator Fall 2013

64e11 KU Today

64e12 Provost e-News Bold Aspirations

64e13 Grading Policy

64e14 Academic Calendar Fall 2013

64e15 Academic Calendar Spring 2014

64e16 Academic Calendar Summer 2014

64f1 Unit Budget

64f2 NCATE Unit Line Item Budget

64g Budget Comparison with Other Units on Campus

64h1 Faculty workload policy

64h2 Salary Incentive Bonus Plan

64i1 SOE Technology Overview

64i2 Library Resources

64i3 Faculty Use of Technology for Teaching and Learning

64i4 Course Syllabi Featuring Technology

64j Online Initiative Overview

Exhibits Provided with the Institutional Report Addendum

153 KPTP Task Areas and Focus Areas with Rubrics Sept 2014pdf

154 Disposition Assessment Timeline Sept 2014pdf

1510 Information on Doctoral Programs Sept 2014pdf

1511a Rubrics for Assessment of Pedagogy and Learning for Advanced Programs Sept

2014pdf

1511b Advanced Program Data for Assessment 3 Sept 2014pdf

1512 Professionalism in Advanced Programs Sept 2014pdf

1513 Assessment 3 Rubrics-Technology Sept 2014pdf

1514 Assessments and Data from School Psychology Program for Use of School and

Community Resources Sept 2014pdf

1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014pdf

252 Unit Assessment System Sept 2014pdf

257 Alignment of Advanced Programs with Conceptual Framework Sept 2014pdf

352 Example of Diversity within a Partner Suburban District Sept 2014pdf

353 Early Field Experience and Advanced Practicum Sept 2014pdf

356 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Data Table Sept 2014pdf

441 NSSE Survey Data Regarding Diversity Sept 2014pdf

452 Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity Sept 2014pdf

453 SOE Strategic Plan For Diversity and Diversity Events Sept 2014pdf

454 KUs Faculty Diversity Policies and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

551 Technology and Instructional Techniques Used by Education Faculty Sept 2014pdf

552 Summary of Professional Development for P-12 Teachers Sept 2014pdf

554 Table of SoE Research Support Funds Sept 2014pdf

655 Advising and Counseling Services Sept 2014pdf

657a School of Education Budget for Three Years Sept 2014pdf

657b SOE Line Item Budget for 2011-2014 Sept 2014pdf

656 School of Education Post Tenure Review Criteria and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

Supplemental Documents to the IR provided after the Addendum prior to the onsite visit

Additional Evidence Submitted after IR Addendum

College Visit Day for Argentine Middle School 6th Graders October 2014

Diversity of Field Experience Schools

KU 2014 EBI Diversity Survey Frequency Report

KU Langston Hughes Professorship Chairs at SOE School Assembly 102414

Sept 29 2014 Provost eNews ndash Shaping a Vision for Diversity

Upcoming Diversity Events at KU for the 2014-15 Academic Year

2012-13 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Biology 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Building Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Chemistry 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report District Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Earth and Space 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ECU

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Elementary

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ESOL

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Foreign Language Programs

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Functional Special Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Health amp Physical Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Middle Level Science 5-8

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Music Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Physics 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report School Psychology

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UEC

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Earth amp Space Science

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Mathematics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Chemistry

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Physics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Visual Arts Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Biology

2013-14 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Adaptive Special Education

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report History amp Government

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

Call for Comments 2014

2014 Third Party Call for Comments

Course Syllabi

2013-2014 Course Syllabi

Complete List of Course Syllabi for Professional Education Courses

2014-2015 Course Syllabi (Fall 2014 Only)

CampT 344 Syllabus 2014

CampT 500 Syllabus 2014

CampT 598 Syllabus 2014

CampT 840 Syllabus 2014

CampT 841 Syllabus 2014

CT 100 Syllabus 2014

CT 235 Syllabus 2014

CT 324 Syllabus 2014

CT 347 Syllabus 2014

CT 349 Syllabus 2014

CT 351 Syllabus 2014

CT 352 353 Syllabus 2014

CT 360 Syllabus 2014

CT 366 Syllabus 2014

CT 430 Syllabus 2014

CT 448 Syllabus 2014

CT 460 Syllabus 2014

CT 489 Syllabus 2014

CT 490 Syllabus 2014

CT 530 Syllabus 2014

CT 541 Syllabus 2014

CT 542 Syllabus 2014

CT 543 Syllabus 2014

CT 544 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 250 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 301 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 302 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 537 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 757 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 853 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 953 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 955 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 957 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 995 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 998 Syllabus 2014

HSES 340 Syllabus 2014

HSES 341 Syllabus 2014

HSES 410 Syllabus 2014

HSES 500-780-501 Syllabus 2014

MATH 197 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 407 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 421 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 498 499 Syllabus 2014

PRE 770 Syllabus - 2014

PRE 798 Syllabus 2014

PRE 805 Syllabus 2014

PRE 855 Syllabus 2014

PRE 910 Syllabus 2014

PRE 947 Syllabus 2014

PRE 975 Syllabus 2014

PRE 991 Syllabus 2014

PRE 992 Syllabus 2014

SPED 362 Syllabus 2014

SPED 735 Syllabus 2014

SPED 741 641 Syllabus 2014

SPED 742 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 752 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 753 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 755 Syllabus 2014

SPED 775 Syllabus 2014

VAE 320 Syllabus 2014

VAE 341 Syllabus 2014

VAE 410 Syllabus 2014

VAE 420 Syllabus 2014

VAE 520 Syllabus 2014

VAE 695 Syllabus 2014

Previous Years Title II Reports

2008-09 KU Title II Report

2009-10 KU Title II Report

2010-11 KU Title II Report

2011-12 KU Title II Report

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 8: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

64b SOE Organizational Chart

64c Advising and Counseling Services

64d Admission Criteria for Initial and Advanced Programs

64e 1 Table of Contents

64e2 School of Ed Flier 2013

64e3 EdD Brochure

64e4 Curriculum and Instruction Brochure

64e5 Ed Tech Brochure

64e6 Exercise Science Brochure

64e7 Leadership amp Policy Masters Brochure

64e8 SPED Brochure

64e9 Inside Scoop Dec 2012

64e10 Jayhawk Educator Fall 2013

64e11 KU Today

64e12 Provost e-News Bold Aspirations

64e13 Grading Policy

64e14 Academic Calendar Fall 2013

64e15 Academic Calendar Spring 2014

64e16 Academic Calendar Summer 2014

64f1 Unit Budget

64f2 NCATE Unit Line Item Budget

64g Budget Comparison with Other Units on Campus

64h1 Faculty workload policy

64h2 Salary Incentive Bonus Plan

64i1 SOE Technology Overview

64i2 Library Resources

64i3 Faculty Use of Technology for Teaching and Learning

64i4 Course Syllabi Featuring Technology

64j Online Initiative Overview

Exhibits Provided with the Institutional Report Addendum

153 KPTP Task Areas and Focus Areas with Rubrics Sept 2014pdf

154 Disposition Assessment Timeline Sept 2014pdf

1510 Information on Doctoral Programs Sept 2014pdf

1511a Rubrics for Assessment of Pedagogy and Learning for Advanced Programs Sept

2014pdf

1511b Advanced Program Data for Assessment 3 Sept 2014pdf

1512 Professionalism in Advanced Programs Sept 2014pdf

1513 Assessment 3 Rubrics-Technology Sept 2014pdf

1514 Assessments and Data from School Psychology Program for Use of School and

Community Resources Sept 2014pdf

1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014pdf

252 Unit Assessment System Sept 2014pdf

257 Alignment of Advanced Programs with Conceptual Framework Sept 2014pdf

352 Example of Diversity within a Partner Suburban District Sept 2014pdf

353 Early Field Experience and Advanced Practicum Sept 2014pdf

356 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Data Table Sept 2014pdf

441 NSSE Survey Data Regarding Diversity Sept 2014pdf

452 Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity Sept 2014pdf

453 SOE Strategic Plan For Diversity and Diversity Events Sept 2014pdf

454 KUs Faculty Diversity Policies and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

551 Technology and Instructional Techniques Used by Education Faculty Sept 2014pdf

552 Summary of Professional Development for P-12 Teachers Sept 2014pdf

554 Table of SoE Research Support Funds Sept 2014pdf

655 Advising and Counseling Services Sept 2014pdf

657a School of Education Budget for Three Years Sept 2014pdf

657b SOE Line Item Budget for 2011-2014 Sept 2014pdf

656 School of Education Post Tenure Review Criteria and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

Supplemental Documents to the IR provided after the Addendum prior to the onsite visit

Additional Evidence Submitted after IR Addendum

College Visit Day for Argentine Middle School 6th Graders October 2014

Diversity of Field Experience Schools

KU 2014 EBI Diversity Survey Frequency Report

KU Langston Hughes Professorship Chairs at SOE School Assembly 102414

Sept 29 2014 Provost eNews ndash Shaping a Vision for Diversity

Upcoming Diversity Events at KU for the 2014-15 Academic Year

2012-13 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Biology 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Building Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Chemistry 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report District Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Earth and Space 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ECU

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Elementary

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ESOL

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Foreign Language Programs

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Functional Special Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Health amp Physical Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Middle Level Science 5-8

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Music Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Physics 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report School Psychology

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UEC

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Earth amp Space Science

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Mathematics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Chemistry

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Physics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Visual Arts Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Biology

2013-14 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Adaptive Special Education

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report History amp Government

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

Call for Comments 2014

2014 Third Party Call for Comments

Course Syllabi

2013-2014 Course Syllabi

Complete List of Course Syllabi for Professional Education Courses

2014-2015 Course Syllabi (Fall 2014 Only)

CampT 344 Syllabus 2014

CampT 500 Syllabus 2014

CampT 598 Syllabus 2014

CampT 840 Syllabus 2014

CampT 841 Syllabus 2014

CT 100 Syllabus 2014

CT 235 Syllabus 2014

CT 324 Syllabus 2014

CT 347 Syllabus 2014

CT 349 Syllabus 2014

CT 351 Syllabus 2014

CT 352 353 Syllabus 2014

CT 360 Syllabus 2014

CT 366 Syllabus 2014

CT 430 Syllabus 2014

CT 448 Syllabus 2014

CT 460 Syllabus 2014

CT 489 Syllabus 2014

CT 490 Syllabus 2014

CT 530 Syllabus 2014

CT 541 Syllabus 2014

CT 542 Syllabus 2014

CT 543 Syllabus 2014

CT 544 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 250 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 301 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 302 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 537 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 757 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 853 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 953 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 955 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 957 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 995 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 998 Syllabus 2014

HSES 340 Syllabus 2014

HSES 341 Syllabus 2014

HSES 410 Syllabus 2014

HSES 500-780-501 Syllabus 2014

MATH 197 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 407 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 421 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 498 499 Syllabus 2014

PRE 770 Syllabus - 2014

PRE 798 Syllabus 2014

PRE 805 Syllabus 2014

PRE 855 Syllabus 2014

PRE 910 Syllabus 2014

PRE 947 Syllabus 2014

PRE 975 Syllabus 2014

PRE 991 Syllabus 2014

PRE 992 Syllabus 2014

SPED 362 Syllabus 2014

SPED 735 Syllabus 2014

SPED 741 641 Syllabus 2014

SPED 742 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 752 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 753 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 755 Syllabus 2014

SPED 775 Syllabus 2014

VAE 320 Syllabus 2014

VAE 341 Syllabus 2014

VAE 410 Syllabus 2014

VAE 420 Syllabus 2014

VAE 520 Syllabus 2014

VAE 695 Syllabus 2014

Previous Years Title II Reports

2008-09 KU Title II Report

2009-10 KU Title II Report

2010-11 KU Title II Report

2011-12 KU Title II Report

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 9: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

353 Early Field Experience and Advanced Practicum Sept 2014pdf

356 Student Teacher Feedback Form for Clinical Supervisor Data Table Sept 2014pdf

441 NSSE Survey Data Regarding Diversity Sept 2014pdf

452 Curriculum Components and Experiences Diversity Sept 2014pdf

453 SOE Strategic Plan For Diversity and Diversity Events Sept 2014pdf

454 KUs Faculty Diversity Policies and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

551 Technology and Instructional Techniques Used by Education Faculty Sept 2014pdf

552 Summary of Professional Development for P-12 Teachers Sept 2014pdf

554 Table of SoE Research Support Funds Sept 2014pdf

655 Advising and Counseling Services Sept 2014pdf

657a School of Education Budget for Three Years Sept 2014pdf

657b SOE Line Item Budget for 2011-2014 Sept 2014pdf

656 School of Education Post Tenure Review Criteria and Procedures Sept 2014pdf

Supplemental Documents to the IR provided after the Addendum prior to the onsite visit

Additional Evidence Submitted after IR Addendum

College Visit Day for Argentine Middle School 6th Graders October 2014

Diversity of Field Experience Schools

KU 2014 EBI Diversity Survey Frequency Report

KU Langston Hughes Professorship Chairs at SOE School Assembly 102414

Sept 29 2014 Provost eNews ndash Shaping a Vision for Diversity

Upcoming Diversity Events at KU for the 2014-15 Academic Year

2012-13 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Biology 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Building Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Chemistry 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report District Leadership

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Earth and Space 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ECU

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Elementary

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report ESOL

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Foreign Language Programs

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Functional Special Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Health amp Physical Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Middle Level Science 5-8

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Music Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Physics 6-12

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report School Psychology

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UEC

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Earth amp Space Science

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Mathematics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Chemistry

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Physics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Visual Arts Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Biology

2013-14 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Adaptive Special Education

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report History amp Government

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

Call for Comments 2014

2014 Third Party Call for Comments

Course Syllabi

2013-2014 Course Syllabi

Complete List of Course Syllabi for Professional Education Courses

2014-2015 Course Syllabi (Fall 2014 Only)

CampT 344 Syllabus 2014

CampT 500 Syllabus 2014

CampT 598 Syllabus 2014

CampT 840 Syllabus 2014

CampT 841 Syllabus 2014

CT 100 Syllabus 2014

CT 235 Syllabus 2014

CT 324 Syllabus 2014

CT 347 Syllabus 2014

CT 349 Syllabus 2014

CT 351 Syllabus 2014

CT 352 353 Syllabus 2014

CT 360 Syllabus 2014

CT 366 Syllabus 2014

CT 430 Syllabus 2014

CT 448 Syllabus 2014

CT 460 Syllabus 2014

CT 489 Syllabus 2014

CT 490 Syllabus 2014

CT 530 Syllabus 2014

CT 541 Syllabus 2014

CT 542 Syllabus 2014

CT 543 Syllabus 2014

CT 544 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 250 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 301 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 302 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 537 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 757 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 853 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 953 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 955 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 957 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 995 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 998 Syllabus 2014

HSES 340 Syllabus 2014

HSES 341 Syllabus 2014

HSES 410 Syllabus 2014

HSES 500-780-501 Syllabus 2014

MATH 197 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 407 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 421 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 498 499 Syllabus 2014

PRE 770 Syllabus - 2014

PRE 798 Syllabus 2014

PRE 805 Syllabus 2014

PRE 855 Syllabus 2014

PRE 910 Syllabus 2014

PRE 947 Syllabus 2014

PRE 975 Syllabus 2014

PRE 991 Syllabus 2014

PRE 992 Syllabus 2014

SPED 362 Syllabus 2014

SPED 735 Syllabus 2014

SPED 741 641 Syllabus 2014

SPED 742 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 752 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 753 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 755 Syllabus 2014

SPED 775 Syllabus 2014

VAE 320 Syllabus 2014

VAE 341 Syllabus 2014

VAE 410 Syllabus 2014

VAE 420 Syllabus 2014

VAE 520 Syllabus 2014

VAE 695 Syllabus 2014

Previous Years Title II Reports

2008-09 KU Title II Report

2009-10 KU Title II Report

2010-11 KU Title II Report

2011-12 KU Title II Report

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 10: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Physics

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report Visual Arts Education

2012-13 Program Evaluation Report UKan Teach Biology

2013-14 Annual Program Evaluation Reports

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Adaptive Special Education

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report English Language Arts

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report History amp Government

2013-14 Program Evaluation Report Reading Specialist

Call for Comments 2014

2014 Third Party Call for Comments

Course Syllabi

2013-2014 Course Syllabi

Complete List of Course Syllabi for Professional Education Courses

2014-2015 Course Syllabi (Fall 2014 Only)

CampT 344 Syllabus 2014

CampT 500 Syllabus 2014

CampT 598 Syllabus 2014

CampT 840 Syllabus 2014

CampT 841 Syllabus 2014

CT 100 Syllabus 2014

CT 235 Syllabus 2014

CT 324 Syllabus 2014

CT 347 Syllabus 2014

CT 349 Syllabus 2014

CT 351 Syllabus 2014

CT 352 353 Syllabus 2014

CT 360 Syllabus 2014

CT 366 Syllabus 2014

CT 430 Syllabus 2014

CT 448 Syllabus 2014

CT 460 Syllabus 2014

CT 489 Syllabus 2014

CT 490 Syllabus 2014

CT 530 Syllabus 2014

CT 541 Syllabus 2014

CT 542 Syllabus 2014

CT 543 Syllabus 2014

CT 544 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 250 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 301 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 302 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 537 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 757 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 853 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 953 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 955 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 957 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 995 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 998 Syllabus 2014

HSES 340 Syllabus 2014

HSES 341 Syllabus 2014

HSES 410 Syllabus 2014

HSES 500-780-501 Syllabus 2014

MATH 197 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 407 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 421 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 498 499 Syllabus 2014

PRE 770 Syllabus - 2014

PRE 798 Syllabus 2014

PRE 805 Syllabus 2014

PRE 855 Syllabus 2014

PRE 910 Syllabus 2014

PRE 947 Syllabus 2014

PRE 975 Syllabus 2014

PRE 991 Syllabus 2014

PRE 992 Syllabus 2014

SPED 362 Syllabus 2014

SPED 735 Syllabus 2014

SPED 741 641 Syllabus 2014

SPED 742 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 752 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 753 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 755 Syllabus 2014

SPED 775 Syllabus 2014

VAE 320 Syllabus 2014

VAE 341 Syllabus 2014

VAE 410 Syllabus 2014

VAE 420 Syllabus 2014

VAE 520 Syllabus 2014

VAE 695 Syllabus 2014

Previous Years Title II Reports

2008-09 KU Title II Report

2009-10 KU Title II Report

2010-11 KU Title II Report

2011-12 KU Title II Report

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 11: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

ELPS 757 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 853 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 953 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 955 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 957 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 995 Syllabus 2014

ELPS 998 Syllabus 2014

HSES 340 Syllabus 2014

HSES 341 Syllabus 2014

HSES 410 Syllabus 2014

HSES 500-780-501 Syllabus 2014

MATH 197 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 407 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 421 Syllabus 2014

MEMT 498 499 Syllabus 2014

PRE 770 Syllabus - 2014

PRE 798 Syllabus 2014

PRE 805 Syllabus 2014

PRE 855 Syllabus 2014

PRE 910 Syllabus 2014

PRE 947 Syllabus 2014

PRE 975 Syllabus 2014

PRE 991 Syllabus 2014

PRE 992 Syllabus 2014

SPED 362 Syllabus 2014

SPED 735 Syllabus 2014

SPED 741 641 Syllabus 2014

SPED 742 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 752 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 753 Syllabus Fall 2014

SPED 755 Syllabus 2014

SPED 775 Syllabus 2014

VAE 320 Syllabus 2014

VAE 341 Syllabus 2014

VAE 410 Syllabus 2014

VAE 420 Syllabus 2014

VAE 520 Syllabus 2014

VAE 695 Syllabus 2014

Previous Years Title II Reports

2008-09 KU Title II Report

2009-10 KU Title II Report

2010-11 KU Title II Report

2011-12 KU Title II Report

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 12: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Professional Education Faculty

Professional Education Faculty Links to CVs

Professional Education Faculty Publications Contracts etc May 2013 - May 2014

SOE Department Annual Report Summary (May 2013-May2014)

SOE Standing Committee Reports

TEC Annual Report 2013-14

Documents provided as requested by the NCATECAEP team during the onsite visit

102714 Attendance Rosters

Final Attendance Sheet Coop Teachers and Internship Supv

Final Attendance Sheet P 12 Partners 1026

Final Attendance Sheet Assess Coord Demo 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Assessment Comm 1027

Final Attendance Sheet clinical supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Collab College Fac EPAC

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Completers Initial 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Core Unit Fac 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Advanced 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Current Initial Cand 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Curriculum and Teaching faculty 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Dept Chairs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Directors of Advanced Programs 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Div Initiatives 1027

Final Attendance Sheet EPPAC 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Coord 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Field Exp Univ Supv 1027

Final Attendance Sheet SOE Advising Ctr 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Teacher Educ 1027

Final Attendance Sheet Tech Avail Support 1027

Final Attendance Sheet UKAN Teacher Faculty Mst TEachers 1027

Professor of the Practice amp Multi-Term Lecturer Forms

Electronic Submission Instructions Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Electronic Submission Instructions Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation Lecturer Report

Professor of the Practice Report

Summary of Unit Review of Multi-term Lecturer

Summary Unit Review for Professor of the Practice

Unit Review Multi-term Lecturer Evaluation

Unit Review Professor of the Practice Evaluation

Budget responses from IR Addendum

CampT Masters Examination Sample Questions

CT 825 TESOL Practicum for Endorsement Handbook-Syllabus_SP_2015_for printing

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 13: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Data on Adjuncts who Regularly Teach or Supervise in Programs

Dean Ginsbergs PowerPoint Presentation

MSEdProjectPortfolio

Q88385_657a_School_of_Education_Budget_for_Three_Years_Sept_2014

Q88385_657b_SOE_Line_Item_Budget_for_20112014_Sept_2014

School of Education Fiscal Year Budget Reports

SOE Courses in Session NCATE Visit

List of Exhibits Reviewed

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 14: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

University13 of13 Kansas13 NCATE13 Onsite13 Visit13

Interview13 Participants13 13 13

Cooperating13 Teachers13 amp13 Internship13 Supervisors13 for13 Initial13 and13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 International13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 Participant13 name13

Karri13 Mazzapica13 13

Alexa13 Scarlett13

Bonnie13 Welty13

Deb13 Griswold13

Kathy13 Wadman13

Sheryl13 Simmons13

13 13 13 13

P-shy‐1213 Partners13 (PDSSuptPrincipals)13 October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Governors13 Room13

Kansas13 Union13 13 Participant13 name13

Scott13 Roberts13

Ileana13 Farney13 13

Karla13 Reed13

Dr13 Tom13 Lawson13

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 15: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Patty13 Carter13

Geri13 Parscale13

Sarah13 Oatsvall13

Col13 Myron13 Griswold13

13 13

Assessment13 Coordinator13 Demo13 of13 System13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

Assessment13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

Jim13 Ellis13

Sally13 Roberts13

Frank13 Carey13

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 16: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Melissa13 Robinson13

Eva13 Horn13

Deb13 Perbeck13

13 13

Clinical13 Faculty13 (Lecturers)13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Laurie13 Cleavinger13

Karen13 Jorgensen13

Nicole13 Babalola13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Joe13 Novak13

13 13

13 Collaborating13 College13 Faculty13

October13 26th13 530-shy‐63013 PM13 Regionalist13 Room13 Kansas13 Union13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Helen13 Alexander13 13

Chris13 Johnson13

Denise13 Stone13

Chris13 Haufler13 13

Estela13 Gavosto13

Katie13 Conrad13 13

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 17: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Joan13 Sereno13 13

Steve13 Case13

13 13

Core13 Unit13 Faculty13 October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Elementary13 ndash13 Diane13 Nielsen13

UEC13 ndash13 Barbara13 Thompson13

Secondary13 ndash13 Heidi13 Hallman13

PE13 ndash13 Susan13 King13

ELPS13 ndash13 Young13 Jin13 Lee13

ELPS13 ndash13 Deb13 Perbeck13

UKanTeach13 ndash13 Carrie13 LaVoy13

CampT13 ndash13 Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Current13 Initial13 Candidates13

October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 40013 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Caitlin13 Scheckel13

Bayley13 Hartman13

Madison13 Brand13

Sarah13 Siedlik13

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 18: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Lauren13 Bridge13

Josh13 Rankin13

Maddy13 Scholfield13

Hayley13 Weathers13

Alex13 Case13

13 13

13 Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13

Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13 13

Curriculum13 and13 teaching13 faculty13 Master13 in13 CampI13

October13 27th13 300-shy‐34513 pm13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 19: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Susan13 Gay13

Barbara13 Bradley13

Heidi13 Hallman13

Lizette13 Peter13

Kelli13 Thomas13

13 13

13 Department13 Chairs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 pm13 32213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Lee13

Steve13 White13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

13 13 13

13 Directors13 of13 Advanced13 Programs13

October13 27th13 400-shy‐44513 PM13 52213 JRP13 13 Participant13 name13

Lizette13 Peter13

Diane13 Nielsen13

Mary13 Morningstar13

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 20: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Matt13 Reynolds13

Deb13 Perbeck13

Joe13 Novak13

Susan13 Gay13

13 13

13 Diversity13 Initiatives13

October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Michele13 Casavant13

Meagan13 Patterson13

Elizabeth13 Kozleski13

Susan13 Twombly13

Tom13 Skrtic13

Bernie13 Kish13

Marlesa13 Roney13

13 13

13 13

Educator13 Preparation13 Advisory13 Committee13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Steve13 Case13

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 21: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Marsha13 Haufler13

Susan13 King13

Elizabeth13 Kozelski13

Denise13 Stone13

Jim13 Lichtenberg13

Susan13 Twombly13

Joe13 Weir13

Steve13 White13

13 13 13

Field13 Experience13 Coordinator13 October13 27th13 13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Melissa13 Robinson13

13 13

13 Field13 Experience13 CoordinatorUniversity13 Supervisors13

October13 27th13 100-shy‐14513 pm13 40013 JRP13 13

Participant13 name13

Lauri13 Herrmann-shy‐Ginsberg13

Sue13 Lanyon13

Deb13 Griswold13

Lizette13 Peter13

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 22: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Margie13 Hill13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Joe13 Novak13

Mary13 Jo13 Gates13

Shelley13 Dougherty13

13

13 13 13 13

School13 of13 Education13 Advising13 Center13 October13 27th13 1100-shy‐114513 am13 40013 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Kim13 Huggett13

Michele13 Casavant13

Paula13 Naughtin13

Sonja13 Heath13

Julie13 Scroggs13

Alisa13 Branham13

13 13 13 13

Teacher13 Education13 Committee13 October13 27th13 900-shy‐94513 am13 52213 JRP13

13 13 13

13 13 Participant13 name13

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 23: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Doug13 Huffman13

Tom13 DeLuca13

David13 Hansen13

John13 Derby13

Eva13 Horn13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Debbie13 Hedden13

Emma13 Nguyen13

Sherrill13 Martinez13

13 13 13

CampT13 Faculty13 ndash13 Master13 in13 CampI13 October13 27th13 200-shy‐24513 pm13 214A13 JRP13

13 Participant13 name13

Dan13 Burgardt13

Frank13 Carey13

John13 Funk13

Dan13 Ferguson13

Bill13 Kummeron13

13 13

13 UKanTeach13 FacultyMaster13 Teachers13 October13 27th13 1000-shy‐104513 am13 52213 JRP13

13

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 24: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

13 13 13 Participant13 name13

Steve13 Case13

Edith13 Eskilson13

Steven13 Obenhaus13

Katrina13 Rothrock13

13 13 13

List of Interviewees

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 25: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

programs are offered in HSES and Psychology and Research in Education

I2 Summary of state partnership that guided this visit (ie joint visit concurrent visit or an NCATE-only visit) Were there any deviations from the state protocolThis was a joint CAEP-state visit conducted under terms of the Kansas state protocol There were no known deviations from the protocol The visit was initially scheduled as a Sunday-Wednesday visit (as provided by the protocol) but the unit requested a Sunday-Tuesday visit After consultation among state officials CAEP staff and the team co-chairs it was determined that a Sunday-Tuesday visit was acceptable within terms of the protocol

I3 Indicate the programs offered at a branch campus at an off-campus site or via distance learning Describe how the team collected information about those programs (eg visited selected sites talked to faculty and candidates via two-way video etc)The School of Education provides course offerings at Kansas City as well as the main campus in Lawrence Arrangements were made to include representatives of all sites in interviews The unit is in the process of developing a number of wholly online programs However the first of these began operation during the current academic year and did not fall within the scope of the review

I4 Describe any unusual circumstances (eg weather conditions readiness of the unit for the visit other extenuating circumstances) that affected the visitThere were no unusual circumstances that affected the visit One state team member who participated in the offsite review was unable to participate in the onsite review but a replacement was found well before the visit

II Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework establishes the shared vision for a unitrsquos efforts in preparing educators to work effectively in Pndash12 schools It provides direction for programs courses teaching candidate performance scholarship service and unit accountability The conceptual framework is knowledge based articulated shared coherent consistent with the unit and institutional mission and continuously evaluated

II1 Provide a brief overview of the units conceptual framework and how it is integrated across the unit

The unit identifies its core mission as (1) preparing individuals to be leaders and practitioners in education and related human service fields (2) expanding and deepening understanding of education as a fundamental human endeavor and (3) helping society define and respond to its educational responsibilities and challenges

Its core values are defined as 1 committing to excellence through self-study and periodic review 2 valuing of multiple perspectives 3 fostering a sequential cumulative preparation for life-long learning 4 upholding professional and ethical standards of conduct 5 treating others with dignity courtesy and respect 6 connecting research and best practice

The mission and values are expressed in the instructional program in the form of three strands Research

(Confidential) Page 2

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 26: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

and Best Practice (knowledge and application of both formal and informal research lead to effective informed practices) Content and Pedagogical Knowledge (subject matter expertise and knowledge of purpose curriculum materials and strategies) and Professionalism (commitment to caring and ethical practice not only in the classroom but within the larger community and professional associations)

The conceptual framework at KU is clearly articulated not only at the abstract level but as specific knowledge skills and dispositions that candidates are expected to master (Table 1 of Exhibit 153) These expectations have been aligned with the assessment system identifying which assessments tap into the proficiencies (Exhibit 14c3)

III Unit Standards

The following pages contain a summary of the findings for each of the six NCATE unit standards

Standard 1

Standard 1 Candidate Knowledge Skills and Professional Dispositions

Candidates preparing to work in schools as teachers or other school professionals know and demonstrate the content knowledge pedagogical content knowledge and skills pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates meet professional state and institutional standards

11 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Twenty-eight of the units 29 licensure programs have been reviewed and approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE) through January 2021 The school psychology program has been reviewed and recognized by NASP through February 2015 In addition the Master in CampI is an advanced program that is self-evaluated and does not lead to licensure and is not reviewed by KSDE or a SPA

The following items were listed in the offsite report as needing verification on the IR Addendum or onsite visit explanation of procedures for monitoring dispositions (4) CampI data (6) CampI numbers and dispositions (7) CampI GPAs (8) CampI pedagogical and professional knowledge (9) Doctoral program data (10) advanced teacher pedagogy and learning (11) professional activity engagement (12) OSP use of technology (13) school psychology knowledge and use of school and community resources and engagement with students families and communities (14) e-portfolio timelines (15) OSP follow up surveys (16) and key assessment requirements for CampI masters (17) Interviews and inspection of records onsite resolved all of these issues

Candidates seeking admission to initial and advanced teacher education licensure programs must meet rigorous admission requirements Most initial programs require that applicants have completed or be enrolled in courses required for admission meet a 275 cumulative grade point average have satisfactory references and produce a series of satisfactory essays (CampT department website)

As explained in the offsite report candidates in all initial programs demonstrate content knowledge through consistently high scores on the state-required standardized assessments of content and pedagogy including the Principals of Learning and Teaching (PLT) and Praxis II Content exams The 2012-2013 PLT pass rate by content area ranged from 875 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d2) similarly

(Confidential) Page 3

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 27: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Praxis II content exam scores pass rate ranged from 80 percent to 100 percent (IR exhibit 14d3) According to the IR addendum Praxis scores are reported by program area after a candidate completes a program a score would not be included in a report if the candidate is not a completer in the tested area In other words if a candidate who completes a biology program takes both the biology and chemistry tests only the biology record would be matched by program completion data and included in accreditation reports Interviews revealed that school principals view content knowledge as a strength in initial candidates

Candidates in initial programs demonstrate pedagogical content knowledge and skills through consistently high PLT scores course assignments including lesson plan writing implementation and reflection field experiences and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) a work sample designed for the teacher education candidates to demonstrate content and pedagogical competency including instructional planning ability to make accommodations for students with learning challenges and ability to design implement and analyze assessments to investigate the impact of their teaching on student learning In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in integrating technology to support student learning in field experiences The IR Addendum clarifies KPTP scale scores and scoring procedures (Addendum exhibit 153) To qualify for initial licensure the state requires that candidates score a minimum of 20 points on the KPTP Assessment data for 2010-2013 suggest that close to 100 percent of initial candidates meet this requirement (IR exhibit 14d4) Interviews revealed that the few candidates who score below 20 points are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean and content area faculty

Through a series of diverse placements in multiple schools (urban suburban and rural) candidates consider the school family and community contexts to develop meaningful learning experiences Specifically results of the KPTP assessment further provide strong evidence of professional knowledge and skills as candidates demonstrate how to use contextual factors in a classroom to design implement evaluate and reflect upon a unit of study KPTP scores of focus areas B indicate that candidates understand how to design instructional opportunities that are equitable based on developmental levels and adapted to diverse learners (IR exhibit 14d4 IR addendum exhibit 153) In interviews current initial candidates expressed confidence in their abilities to use current educational research findings and assessment data to make and support instructional decisions Furthermore they communicated that the unit prepares them to become modern educators who remain lifelong learners who incorporate new information into their practice as appropriate

As explained in the offsite report candidates professional knowledge and skills are also evaluated in the clinical experience summative observation form covering domains of assessment classroom management instructional planning instructional implementation technology and professionalism According to the IR Addendum scale scores represent the average clinical and university supervisor ratings of candidates for each domain and an average total score is provided as well All teacher candidates score in the Skilled to Exemplary range on the clinical experience summative observation form (IR exhibits 14f2 IR Addendum)

Initial candidates are well prepared to focus on student learning in the classroom Interviews with current candidates and faculty suggested a strong emphasis on differentiating instruction based on students developmental and academic levels prior experiences and contextual factors Candidates are engaged in multiple school observations and field experiences throughout the programs culminating in a semester-long student teaching experience During their student teachinginternship the candidates in the initial teacher preparation programs demonstrate their ability to assess and analyze student learning make appropriate adjustments to instructions and monitor student progress through the KPTP Examples of candidates assessment and analysis of P-12 student learning KPTP sections suggest candidates ability to focus on student learning and make appropriate instructional decisions based on students learning and assessment results (IR exhibits 14g2-14g7) Interviews suggested that initial candidates feel well

(Confidential) Page 4

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 28: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

prepared to teach in diverse settings and have a strong understanding of achievement gaps and specific factors that impact student learning

The unit has a robust system to assess professional dispositions of all candidates (initial and advanced) throughout the program Upon admission into all programs all candidates sign a disposition form indicating that they are familiar with the expected professional dispositions and agree that they will be assessed on these dispositions throughout the program (IR exhibits 14e2 14e3 14e4) Faculty complete course disposition forms each semester on all candidates The data from the course disposition forms are used to provide feedback to faculty candidates and the unit as candidates progress through the program A section on professionalism in the clinical experience summative observation forms provides further evidence on dispositions The Teacher Candidate Course Disposition Assessment (Exhibit 14e4) presented in the IR for assessment of dispositions by faculty of all candidates consists of a checklist of 30 items arranged in four domains Research and Best Practices Content and Pedagogical Knowledge Professionalism and Communication Methods (IR exhibits 14e5 14f2 and 14f3) In interviews faculty members and academic advisors shared that they frequently emphasize professional dispositions they model professional behaviors and communicate the message that candidates should conduct themselves as professional educators at all times Fewer than five percent of candidates fail to meet all expectations Interviews revealed that candidates who do not meet professional dispositions are placed on an individualized remediation plan under the supportive guidance of the associate dean academic advisors andor content area faculty

Advanced programs use the Praxis II content exam for each area to measure content knowledge Pass rates exceeded 97 percent for all areas and programs The CampI masters program requires that each candidate present an undergraduate cumulative GPA of 30 (or 275 for provisional status) and evidence of holding or applying for a teaching license in their field Content and pedagogical content knowledge for advanced and OSP candidates in building leadership district leadership adaptive and functional special education reading specialist school psychologist and English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) are approved by the Kansas State Department of Education (KSDE)

Advanced and OSP programs listed on the Program Assessment Spreadsheet (IR Exhibit 14c4) indicate that only the Praxis content exam is required for those programs Praxis content pass rates for 2012-13 were 100 percent for all programs IR Exhibit 14c4 also indicates that planning is evaluated for adaptive special education using the IEP Planning Project for functional special education using the Designing a Students Educational Program assessment for ESOL using the Instructional Unit for reading specialist using the Staffing Data and Plan for Instruction for school psychologist using the Consultation Cases for building leadership using the Clinical SupervisionEvaluation Project and for district leadership using the District Leadership Final Case Study As described in the offsite report performance in field experiences are evaluated for all of these programs using specialized rubrics in each area except for reading specialist which uses a case study approach

Content and professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills are monitored through cumulative GPA of all cohorts of the CampI masters program as they pass through two required courses GPAs reported in IR Exhibit 14d7 p 4 were as follows CampT 709 ndash 3927 PRE 715 ndash 3834 IR Exhibit 14c14 (NCATE Assessment System for CampI Masters Program) contains a table of contents that lists a rubric for assessing the culminating task for degree those data appear to be essential for assessing much of that program but were not present in the IR exhibit as only the table of contents was provided in the IR but this was corrected in the IR addendum Additional interviews with candidates completers and faculty from this program indicated that a rigorous application of these assessments through exam thesis or project is used to sample in-depth content knowledge pedagogy and assessment using individualized prompts developed for each candidate by a collaboration among faculty in the program Candidates earning less than a passing score on this culminating activity are allowed to redress minor issues and must retake the assessment one semester later if a failing score is assessed (per interviews onsite)

(Confidential) Page 5

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 29: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Review of all advanced programs Assessment 4 (required in KSDE program approval reports) for each of the other school professionals revealed that each of these programs has its own unique way of measuring student learning as reported in the offsite report

Advanced and OSP dispositions are monitored throughout the program as indicated by IR Addendum 154 and verified through onsite interviews with candidates completers and faculty About 23 of CampI masters candidates return to the classroom each year and no candidates have been counseled out of the program due to dispositions (IR Addendum)

Eight candidates have been allowed provisional admission with GPAs lower than required Some of these are resulting from a previous five-year degree program that has transitioned to a four-year program and others were admitted by petition All eight of the provisional admissions candidates have completed their program with a 30 or greater GPA (IR Addendum)

In-depth pedagogical and professional knowledge is examined by the culminating activity in the CampI masters program Candidates have the option of choosing an exam project or portfolio format for the exam three faculty members collaborate to develop prompts that require in-depth content content pedagogy pedagogical and professional knowledge and student learning Detailed prompts are provided to ensure depth of response and results are recorded using the rubric provided on p 12 of IR Addendum Exhibit 1517 NCATE Assessment System for CI Masters Programs Sept 2014 Onsite interviews provided verification of the rigor with which these assessments are conducted Candidates who provide weak responses are occasionally allowed to write an addendum but those failing to pass the activity must register for the exam again a minimum of 90 days later Additionally pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills are represented in GPAs for two courses

Only EdD candidates are prepared for leadership roles in P-12 schools The PhD programs are for preparing researchers for positions in higher education There are two EdDs currently offered a new program in the Curriculum and Teaching Department for which there are not yet any completer data and an EdD in Educational Leadership

All KSDE-approved programs must meet a standard for professionalism within their programs Interviews onsite with candidates and completers revealed a multitude of professional activities in which candidates and graduates from all ADV and OSP programs engaged throughout their programs and after employment in their new roles All candidates and graduates interviewed onsite also reported consistently on a high degree of technological proficiency and leadership in the professional community as a result of their work at KU Interviews with employers verified this finding

Rubrics and data provided in IR Addendum Exhibit 1514 show a high level of mastery by school psychology candidates on six indicators aligned to state and national standards requiring knowledge and use of school and community resources to support learning and engaging students families and communities in program Assessment 3 and 7 in practica and internships

The e-portfolio is currently being piloted in the CampI masters and school psychology programs and data are not yet available

The most recent employercompleter surveys resulted in an insufficient return rate from advanced and OSP completers and no plan was apparent onsite for improving this issue for future studies However onsite interviews revealed that programs stayed in close contact with employing agencies with multiple follow up contacts and advisory functions and that completers also stayed in touch with the school as evidenced by numerous references in interviews to such contacts initiated by both completers and

(Confidential) Page 6

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 30: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

program personnel routinely and as a mechanism for problem solving Various other mechanisms for gaining input from the practicing community are in place within the different programs

12 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 12a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 12b

12a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

12b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementThe unit is aware of the universitys upcoming changes in admission standards and is currently reviewing the potential impact on admission to initial teacher preparation programs Interviews revealed that faculty seek to ensure that new admission requirements do not adversely or inadvertently impact recruitment and retention efforts of minority groups

All candidates in the units initial licensure program now complete the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) during their student teachinginternship clinical experience (Exhibit 14c6) This assessment is a state requirement for teacher licensure and provides the initial programs and unit with data about the quality of the units teacher preparation program based on what the candidates show they have learned and on their impact on student learning

As were reported in the IR the offsite report and verified through interviews the following programs refined andor improved alignment of assessments and rubrics to standards building leadership district leadership ESOL and functional special education

As reported in the offsite report course content and course offerings were revised to better prepare candidates for licensure exams and to include additional use of technology to better align with components of KSDE program standards Visual arts education created a new course addressing technology VAE 520 Instructional Technology in Art Education School psychology implemented electronic portfolios for candidates annual reviews to streamline its continuous assessment process E-portfolios will capture candidates course grades Praxis II scores field placement evaluations class projects and other assessment items (Examples cited above from IR Exhibit 24g2)

12bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Teacher candidates reflect a thorough understanding of professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills delineated in professional state and institutional standards They develop meaningful learning experiences to facilitate learning for all students They reflect on their practice and make necessary adjustments to enhance student learning Onsite interviews with faculty P-12 partners and current initial candidates revealed evidence of candidates involvement in professional learning communities and successful completion of course assignments in which candidates plan and implement lessons assess student learning and reflect on professional practice KPTP scores further support candidates

(Confidential) Page 7

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 31: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

professional and pedagogical knowledge and skills

Candidates in advanced programs for teachers and OSP take on leadership roles in the professional community and collaborate with colleagues to contribute to school improvement and renewal Onsite interviews of completers from all advanced programs shared multiple examples membership on building leadership teams equity teams technology teams district curriculum teams development of instruments adopted and used by districts instructional coaching development of peer instructional programs at schools and providing professional development to peers at schools and district-wide

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

13 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

13a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

13c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

14 Recommendations

For Standard 1

(Confidential) Page 8

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 32: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 2

Standard 2 Assessment System And Unit Evaluation

The unit has an assessment system that collects and analyzes data on applicant qualifications candidate and graduate performance and unit operations to evaluate and improve the performance of candidates the unit and its programs

21 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team did not identify any major areas of concern with Standard 2 but sought clarification and additional information in several areas The information provided in the addendum combined with onsite interviews provided sufficient documentation and verification of evidence to support a recommendation of met for both initial and advanced programs

Documents such as the Assessment Task Calendar (Exhibit 24d2) along with samples of recent assessment reports showed a clearly articulated assessment system that specifies the roles and responsibilities of SOE faculty and staff to systematically collect analyze and review assessment data at both the initial and advanced levels These data are collected via multiple assessments at the designated transition points of admittance courseworkknowledge acquisition field experience and program completion Both initial and advanced programs use the same transition points with key assessments yielding data in four areas state assessments planning field experience and impact on student learning Key assessments are linked to the units conceptual framework

Programs at both initial and advanced levels use a number of standardized assessments that have undergone extensive reliability and validity checks at the national or state level such as Praxis tests and the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) Programs have also developed a number of their own assessments (most specific to particular programs) and have adopted a variety of strategies for assuring fairness and reliability For example clinical supervisors in the initial program undergo calibration exercises for implementation of the final student teaching evaluation and then communicate those expectations to cooperating teachers Such procedures appear somewhat more variable in advanced programs but rubrics at all levels reflect efforts to achieve clarity and consistency

Interviews with faculty and staff confirmed that faculty at both unit and program levels as well as faculty in other divisions who teach candidates in the unit have been involved in developing and maintaining the assessment system Interviews with P-12 partners who serve on the Superintendents Circle advisory group or who work in PDS schools indicated that they are often asked to review and comment on assessment data or to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the KU program For example they noted extensive involvement in the recent move to a four-year program from a five-year

(Confidential) Page 9

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 33: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

program They described frequent opportunities to interact and share ideas with SOE faculty through a variety of collaborative projects

In addition to assessment of candidate performance on designated key assessments the unit also assesses candidate dispositions at both initial and advanced levels and conducts follow-up surveys of graduates Follow-up data include results of the Educational Benchmarks Inc (EBI) exit survey alumni survey and a recent Kansas Educator Employer and Alumni Survey For advanced programs these efforts have been less helpful because of relatively low numbers andor limitations in the instruments

Data are collected through the units in-house platform InSite which tracks candidate enrollment and progress as well as outcome-based assessment information During the onsite visit the assessment coordinator demonstrated use of this system which allows entry of data from assessments in each program as well as easy importation of data from the larger university data system and from external sources (eg State Department of Education and testing companies) The InSite system not only serves as a repository for information but also generates reports incorporating a wide variety of data It can aggregate assessment results across programs as well as disaggregating by program It includes data from application though completion as well as follow-up surveys and collects data from candidates faculty and P-12 educators The InSite system is maintained by the assessment coordinator but is also accessible to faculty upon request

The unit maintains a detailed calendar that identifies responsibilities and timelines for collecting analyzing and sharing assessment results The unit has an assessment committee that does not have formal governance authority but monitors and supports assessment activities Onsite interviews also explained the role of designated data stewards in each program who help faculty understand and implement assessment issues

The unit provided extensive information on university and unit grievance processes which include policies covering grievances academic misconduct and appeals of denial for admission to student teaching The unit also maintains a file of well documented candidate complaints that was reviewed by the team during the visit A designated SOE administrator is responsible for maintaining the file and is also involved in supporting and consulting with faculty and staff involved in such complaints

Interviews with SOE faculty and administrators confirmed that assessment data are regularly reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement in all programs at the initial and advanced levels As outlined in the Assessment Task Calendar programs semi-annually send program assessment data to the assessment coordinator who compiles them with unit-wide assessment results such as Praxis tests and KPTP and shares them with programs Program staff then prepare an annual assessment report that is sent to the assessment coordinator and used as the basis for the unit assessment report The program reports include the programs analysis and interpretation of assessment results as well as changes or proposed changes deemed necessary The Teacher Education Committee then synthesizes the program reports into a unit report that is then shared with faculty Program reports consistently showed changes being considered or implemented as a result of assessment data For example in 2013 the health and physical education program responded to inconsistent content test scores related to understanding of motor development by retooling an existing course to give greater emphasis to developmental issues Similarly the elementary education program noted room for improvement in the Reflective Practitioner portion of the Principles of Learning and Teaching exam and recommended more opportunities for guided reflection in field experience placements The team reviewed multiple examples of program reports and found systematic consideration of the implications of assessment data as well as reflections on possible issues with the assessment instruments

As noted earlier P-12 partners indicated that the unit shared assessment data and actively solicited feedback on program effectiveness and were able to cite multiple specific examples of the units

(Confidential) Page 10

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 34: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

openness to change and responsiveness to suggestions

22 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 22a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 22b

22a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

22b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementSince the previous visit the unit has developed systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement and has developed an in-house comprehensive data management system that integrates data from multiple sources including other university databases and the Kansas State Department of Education Documentation provided by the unit showing regular collection and use of assessment data was confirmed by interviews with unit faculty and P-12 partners

The unit has also revised its assessment system to align with recent changes in Kansas state assessment expectations particularly the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio

Additionally the unit has strengthened its process for assessing dispositions with enhanced procedures for collecting faculty judgments of candidate dispositions and clearer communication to candidates about the expectations

Currently the unit is reviewing its PDS program to determine the impact of the move to a four-year program and make any necessary adjustments

22bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelThe unit has designed developed and fully implemented new information technology in the form of its InSite data platform As described above this platform facilitates easy compilation aggregation analysis and reporting of all key assessments It provides flexible support for faculty use of data ranging from simple compilation to generation of customized reports The assessment coordinator and members of the assessment committee along with data stewards in each program can provide help to faculty in need of assistance in using the platform

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 11

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 35: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

23 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

23a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

Although programs are involved in the collection of data the unit does not systematically evaluate those data for unit improvements (INIT ADV)

The unit has systematic procedures for assuring that data from key assessments are reviewed analyzed and used for program improvement

23b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

23c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

24 Recommendations

For Standard 2Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 3

Standard 3 Field Experiences And Clinical Practice

(Confidential) Page 12

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 36: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

The unit and its school partners design implement and evaluate field experiences and clinical practice so that teacher candidates and other school professionals develop and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn

31 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

During the offsite review the team identified a number of questions requiring clarification or additional information Additional documentation provided in the IR addendum or during the visit combined with onsite interviews fully answered these questions

For initial programs both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the programs in the unit Specifically stakeholders share expertise and integrate resources to support candidate learning School based faculty reported that they are regularly asked for input in regards to program components including field and clinical experiences Unit faculty provide professional development to participating schools and view stakeholders as valued partners in creating the most successful programs for candidates

Initial candidates participate in both field and clinical experiences prior to completion of the education program Candidates begin classroom observations as early as their freshmen year in CampT 100 (Introduction to the Education Profession) During the sophomore year all candidates participate in field experiences through CampT 235 (Multicultural Education) at inner city or diverse schools Other field experience requirements are dependent on their program of study For example elementary education candidates complete a literacy practicum along with co-teaching experience for math science and social studies Candidates working toward middle school or high school certification complete field experiences in their specific content areas All candidates complete a student teaching assignment Elementary candidates complete 8-10 weeks during the fall semester and an additional 16 weeks with a different grade level at a different school during the spring semester Candidates in the secondary program complete an advanced practicum in the fall while completing their content requirements and student teaching in the spring semester of their senior year

Field experiences vary by course and content area Course faculty design field experience requirements and work with the field experience director to identify specific placements Faculty evaluate candidates during the field experiences and use the evaluation results as a portion of the overall course grade The field experience director works with the coordinators from each program to coordinate placement options for candidates preparing for student teaching and tracks the placements of all candidates throughout their entire time in the program (initial and advanced) The director ensures that placements are not duplicated in terms of location grade level or type of student population These data are compiled into a field experience transcript for each candidate Interview data along with a demonstration of the data collection system verified information presented in the IR

Initial candidates are evaluated formally three times during the student teaching experience Evaluations are conducted by both the university supervisor and the cooperating teacher Summative evaluation data are submitted electronically to the database managed by the field experiences director This data is also uploaded to InSite the units assessment system University supervisors shared that they also provide journal topics each week that candidates must reflect on and respond based on experiences they have had in their classroom placement The journals are submitted electronically for review and allow the university supervisors to have weekly contact with each candidate

Assessment data along with interviews with principals and cooperating teachers confirm that

(Confidential) Page 13

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 37: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

candidates are very well prepared in the areas of content knowledge skills and dispositions prior to student teaching Many cooperating teachers and principals indicated that candidates from the unit were more prepared in these areas than candidates from other institutions who were also completing student teaching at the same school Forty percent of the candidates choose to participate with the Professional Development Schools (PDS) Data revealed that PDS schools are rich in diversity in staff students and the community All candidates are continually evaluated on their abilities to work with all type of learners using both formative and summative tools

For advanced programs the unit and other members of the professional community evaluate field and clinical experiences The P-12 partners meet regularly to discuss program components review data and evaluate fieldclinical experiences

Advanced candidates in areas other than educational leadership complete field and clinical experiences as developed by their individual programs Candidates are empowered to select sites for field and clinical experiences based on their individual needs and career interests Current advanced candidates described that they were able to plan the sequence of course work and field experiences individually rather than everyone having the same courses and field experiences at the same time

Advanced candidates in the educational leadership programs do not complete field experiences prior to their clinical experience (the unit refers to this as an internship) Principals and supervisors confirmed through interviews that candidates are assessed throughout their two-year internship (a minimum of 240 hours) with the use of both formative and summative tools The intern supervisor and university supervisor provide both formative and summative feedback to the candidates Weekly conferences are held between the candidate and the intern supervisor Feedback is verbal and formative in nature Summative feedback is provided using a 1-5 scale and candidates must score 3 or higher in all areas to successfully complete their internship Data are submitted electronically to the assessment coordinator The assessment coordinator compiles reports for faculty depicting various types of data from summative evaluations of the candidates These data show a mean overall mastery score of 45 among advanced candidates in the educational leadership program

Each advanced program has a faculty member who is in charge of placing advanced candidates for clinical practice (internship) Advanced candidates are often placed at the same location in which they are employed However there have been a few candidates who have worked full-time alongside their intern supervisor to complete the internship requirement Current advanced candidates and the placement coordinator for the Special Education Department confirmed that advanced candidates in the online programs have the same field and clinical practice experiences that are required for candidates completing the program on campus

Advanced candidates who are completing their internship are required to spend time at schools with varying student populations andor grade levels Since advanced candidates are employed at the same location as their practicum assignment school faculty and intern supervisors work together to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse populations throughout the two-year internship

32 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 32a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 32b

32a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 14

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 38: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

NA

32b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementStakeholders are involved in the evaluation of the field experiences program School-based partners have been working with unit faculty to discuss the expectations of the co-teaching model in the P-12 schools so that unit curriculum could be adjusted to match current models Specifically special education is working on developing a tiered support model in which teachers and candidates were trained together on effective co-teaching models and how to adjust curriculum for various tiers of student performance in any classroom

Cooperating teachers noted an increase in communication from university supervisors over the last few years Continuity with university supervisor assignments along with weekly communication has been helpful to create a true partnership in working and evaluating teacher candidates Cooperating teachers and advanced program internship supervisors feel valued as members of the College of Education team and now attend orientation with candidates prior to student teaching Cooperating teachers and principals expressed concern that candidates were not beginning practicum experiences early enough in their programs As a result of this input some programs have added practicum components in addition to the ones during freshmen and sophomore years Candidates expressed that they were pleased to see the number of hours in the classrooms increase prior to student teaching

The unit has recently adjusted its education programs to be completed in four years rather than five At first cooperating teachers were concerned about this change but have since discovered that the quality of the candidates has remained consistently high and candidates are prepared to handle a more demanding caseload Stakeholders were involved in the planning process so as to develop ownership along with the unit Partners were asked if candidates were lacking any specific skills or if there were any skills that already appeared to be mastered The unit was very receptive to this feedback and utilized this information when redesigning content requirements for unit programs Partners agreed that despite early concerns the new program aligns field experiences more appropriately with content being taught during a specific term

Educational leadership faculty are aware that even though diversity standards are being taught in the program courses more opportunities need to be developed for advanced candidates to implement the standards being taught Unit faculty are working with principals and superintendents to plan more opportunities for diverse experiences while completing the internship One noted change was the adjustment of the requirements of the action research projects to include issues that are not observed in candidates current place of employment This could be within a different type of classroom with a diverse group of students or even at a neighboring school

32bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target level

Both unit and school-based faculty are involved in designing implementing and evaluating the units initial program for candidates The PDS council meets quarterly to discuss field experiences clinical practice and program planning School-based faculty cited more than one instance in which suggestions were made at council meetings which were later implemented in program revisions One suggestion was that candidates completing student teaching were following the institutions calendar for holidays and other days off It was difficult for the schools and they recommended that candidates follow the school calendar during the semester in which they were completing their student teaching Another instance

(Confidential) Page 15

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 39: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

was when the unit was adjusting the length of the program of study from five years to four Cooperating teachers principals and supervisors all came to together to agree on some of the final field and clinical experiences requirements in the newly designed model Stakeholders were interviewed and expressed that they felt that their input was valued by the unit This partnership was described by stakeholders as collaborative in nature and truly a team effort to develop the best program to effectively prepare candidates

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

33 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

33a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

33c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

34 Recommendations

For Standard 3

(Confidential) Page 16

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 40: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 4

Standard 4 Diversity

The unit designs implements and evaluates curriculum and provides experiences for candidates to acquire and demonstrate the knowledge skills and professional dispositions necessary to help all students learn Assessments indicate that candidates can demonstrate and apply proficiencies related to diversity Experiences provided for candidates include working with diverse populations including higher education and Pndash12 school faculty candidates and students in Pndash12 schools

41 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence provided in the IR and IR addendum indicated and the onsite visit confirmed that the School of Education (SOE) has operationalized its commitment to design implement and evaluate experiences that prepare candidates to work with students and faculty from diverse populations Interviews school visits and document reviews conducted during the onsite visit evidenced the numerous and deliberative efforts to structure the curriculum field experiences and clinical practice placements in ways intended to develop teacher candidates who possess the capacity to demonstrate and apply the clearly articulated proficiencies related to diversity at the initial and advanced levels

Six questions and two areas of concern were raised during the offsite visit in relation to diversity and each were addressed by the IR addendum or supplementary documentation and later triangulated through school visits and interviews conducted during the onsite visit While the SOE is forthright in recognizing the need to continue efforts to advance its work on matters of diversity in general and providing opportunities for candidates to work with other candidates and faculty from diverse populations more specifically what follows is a brief discussion which serves to demonstrate how the SOE continues to meet Standard Four

The curriculum is designed to offer a large number of diversity components and the SOE clearly articulates proficiencies related to diversity through the three themes of their conceptual framework ten knowledge proficiencies nine skills proficiencies and four dispositions Exhibit 452 provides a detailed matrix of curriculum components and experiences that address diversity themes and are aligned with candidate knowledge skills and dispositions The IR appeared to have several different sets of diversity proficiencies and relationship among the proficiencies was not immediately apparent However information provided in the IR addendum clarified that the proficiencies were organized based on diversity proficiencies related to knowledge skills and dispositions separately The proficiencies are also provided by programs and themes and according to the different sets of educator preparation standards that must be addressed in the state of Kansas

(Confidential) Page 17

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 41: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Interviews with core faculty and candidates confirmed that all undergraduate candidates are required to take the following courses with diversity components CampT 235 Multicultural Education ELPS 250 Education and Society CampT 330 Instructional Approaches for ESOL Learners SPED 326 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth and SPED 506 Advanced Practices for Children with Disabilities Additionally there are programs that require additional preparation regarding diversity just as indicated in the IR

Given the nature of the graduate programs offered by the SOE there are no specific courses required across all advanced programs However interviews with the faculty of advanced programs confirmed that all programs with the exception of the school psychology have professionalism standards that explicitly convey the expectation of candidates to effectively educate all students The school psychology program has a standard related to life-long learning and many of its standards discuss ethics that require a disposition toward equity A comprehensive listing of the advanced professionalism standards can be found in exhibit 1512

Demographically advanced programs collectively reflect a slightly more diverse population of candidates with 878 percent of non-minority candidates at the initial level and 824 percent of non-minority candidates at the advanced level Exhibit 44e2 provides the data disaggregated by raceethnicity and gender The expansion of hybrid or blended class offerings the ability to continue employment and opportunities to engage in action research and practicums at their place of employment have made the programs more accessible and have helped to diversify enrollment according to comments shared during faculty interviews

Systematic efforts to ensure candidates have opportunities to apply their content knowledge in diverse field placements are very well documented across programs at the initial level and for the majority of programs at the advanced level Interviews with the field placement coordinator candidates core faculty and P-12 partners confirmed great care is taken to ensure that candidates are placed in multiple and diverse settings Spreadsheets delineating the various types of placements and hours completed by initial candidates were readily available and reviewed by BOE members to confirm ample opportunities for placements in rural suburban and urban settings with varying ranges of diversity in terms of socio-economic status race and ethnicity English Language Learners and students with exceptionalities Conversations with school and district-level administrators revealed that candidates from the SOE are very well received in area schools One principal offered that teachers who are initially hesitant to take on a practicum students often ask Where are they from Once it is shared the candidate is from the institution and SOE the response changes immediately Candidates from the unit are highly sought after for placements and hiring This was attributed to the numerous practicum and filed experiences afforded to candidates throughout their programs which have aided in advancing their collegiality and professionalism

While there are numerous opportunities to engage with P-12 students from diverse backgrounds the SOE acknowledges continued efforts are needed to provide opportunities for candidates to work with diverse faculty and the unit has aggressively begun that work During the onsite visit the dean provided an introduction to the institution and the unit that addressed the progress and implementation of the diversity initiatives identified in the strategic plan entitled Advancing an SOE Diversity and Equity Agenda A list of eleven retreats workshops and presentations were highlighted during the introduction and several faculty members frequently referenced the knowledge and skills gained from their participation in many of the offerings The following is a representative list of the range and scope of professional development opportunities provided and areas of diversity addressed

bull Faculty and Staff Retreat ndashfocusing on culture and diversity led by Shaun Harper University of Pennsylvania (approximately 80 participants)bull Working with transgender students (approximately 55 participants)

(Confidential) Page 18

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 42: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

bull Life Work and Learning at KU with a Disability (approximately 35 participants)bull Co-sponsor ndashBrown v Board of Education 60th Anniversary conference with Dr Lee Bollinger as keynote presenter (80+ participants across KU) bull Excellence vs Access Real Talk about Race and Racism Terrell Strayhorn Ohio State University (approximately 100 participantsbull SOE Town Hall Meeting Sexual Assault on Campus (approximately 35 participants)

In addition to providing professional development to current faculty the unit has worked closely with the Office of Human Resources to advance its effort to recruit and retain more faculty from diverse backgrounds Exhibit 44d in the IR indicates the percentage of minority faculty among the professional education faculty in the SOE is minimal and additional efforts may be necessary At the undergraduate level 37 percent of faculty are African-American with no other minority groups represented and 59 percent of faculty are Asian with representation from no other minority groups at the advanced level Interviews with the Multicultural Committee provided specific examples of efforts to increase diversity during recent searches One faculty member offered an example of an instance when minority candidates were sought in an effort to hire faculty and staff who more closely reflected the backgrounds of candidates served A high quality minority candidate was identified and offered the position but did not accept due to familial constraints Despite those examples the committee acknowledged that increased efforts are needed To that end the SOE continues to follow the policies and procedures specified by the Hiring for Excellence program and utilize the resources such as publications and websites with emphases on minority populations Moreover the institution has hired a new provost for equity and diversity One of the chief responsibilities of this position is to support diverse faculty when they are hired

Similar challenges related to developing a diverse faculty apply to increasing diversity among candidates Because the demographics for the state and institution reflect small percentages of minority populations recruitment of such candidates poses great challenges that will continue to require committed resources and efforts from the unit As the development and implementation of the strategic plan corroborates the SOE has clearly made this commitment and several efforts are underway Given the circumstances retaining candidates from diverse backgrounds becomes increasingly important Programs such as the Multicultural Scholars Program offer academic and cultural support for minority recruits The UKAN Teach program leverages many resources to prepare STEM educators and effort to recruit and support underrepresented populations in STEM are a priority There are also several support services at the institutional level to support international students English language learners and students with exceptionalism that are available to teacher candidates as well

Despite the challenges it is important to note 2013-2014 data from the 2013 administration of the NSSE (National Survey of Student Engagement) indicate fifty-seven percent of senior students reported that their experience quite a bit or very much contributed to their understanding of people from other backgrounds (economic racialethnic religious nation etc) and more specific to the SOE candidates data from the 2013-2014 administration of the 2014 The Educational Benchmarking Survey (EBI) revealed 81 percent of respondents felt the SOE is committed to creating a climate that values students regardless of raceethnicity gender sexual orientation political ideologies religious views etc Eighty-one percent of respondents indicated they believe that the programs faculty members were knowledgeable and sensitive to ways to prepare them to work with diverse groups that include individuals with exceptionalities

42 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 42a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 42b

42a Movement Toward Target

(Confidential) Page 19

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 43: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

42b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementA number of continuous improvement efforts are evident A well articulated and promulgated Diversity Agenda has been put forward at both the institutional and unit levels as evidenced by the document Bold Inspirations from the Office of the Provost and the SOE strategic plan which detail the numerous diversity efforts undertaken The commitment to increase diversity has already begun to show signs of promise There has been a newly established position and appointment of a vice provost for diversity and equity and according to the E-newsletter Provost E-news ndash Shaping a Vision of Diversity the entering class of first-time frosh grew 21 percent to 4084 and was the most diverse on record comprising 23 percent minorities To advance its diversity agenda he SOE has contracted with Eduventures annually to conduct a follow-up study on the perceptions of diversity preparedness of candidates upon the completion of student teaching The data are analyzed to identify trends in responses and were used to inform the work of Multicultural committee

Additionally the curriculum continues to be revised based on continuous and extensive curriculum mapping and revisions to identify strength and address weaknesses in relation to diversity Item analyses of assessments such as the Teacher Observation Instrument have been developed and amended to include diversity proficiencies in instructional planning instructional implementation and professionalism to provide clear data on candidate effectiveness in providing instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners Several candidates shared that while they are keenly aware that they are assessed annually on dispositions regarding diversity and the SOE reserves the right to dismiss them from the program if they do not display expected dispositions they felt their respective programs are more than preparing them to be effective in meeting the instructional needs of all students

42bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and

(Confidential) Page 20

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 44: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

43 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

43a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

43c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

44 Recommendations

For Standard 4Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

Standard 5

Standard 5 Faculty Qualifications Performance And Development

Faculty are qualified and model best professional practices in scholarship service and teaching including the assessment of their own effectiveness as related to candidate performance they also collaborate with colleagues in the disciplines and schools The unit systematically evaluates faculty performance and facilitates professional development

51 Overall Findings

(Confidential) Page 21

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 45: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

Evidence presented in the IR addendum and responses to onsite visit questions answered questions posed in the offsite report and verified information in the IR providing clear evidence of faculty qualifications performance and development

Evidence clearly indicates that the education faculty members are highly qualified Eighty-four faculty members hold doctorates one has an LLM and six have masters degrees Documentation shows that faculty members have experience in the area they teach or supervise and content faculty hold licenses in areas in which they teach and supervise In addition 100 percent of clinical faculty hold a current teaching license and have teaching experience in the areas they supervise Faculty members conduct meaningful scholarly research in effective teaching strategies in their areas which are infused in their courses For example members of the Teacher Education Committee shared descriptions of research in areas such as art early childhood special education music math and technology As a result faculty noted changes in candidate thinking decision making problem solving technology use and classroom management skills Clinical faculty members who work with candidates have teaching experience and competence in the areas they supervise and are selected for their expertise The UKanTeach initiative exemplifies this concept through the collaboration between master teachers from the SOE and from the districts with whom candidates work

Evidence gathered during onsite interviews with faculty candidates P-12 partners and school administrators indicate that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching and collaboration They focus research on innovative teaching practices in their content areas and implement findings in their courses to model effective teaching practice Candidates incorporate these practices in their field experiences and reflect upon the results of the strategy Courses are aligned with professional and state standards and with the conceptual framework and are evaluated with multiple assessments to determine that standards are met Data from these assessments are used to improve practice One example of modeling described during the onsite visit was the UKanTeach initiative in which faculty model using inquiry for candidates who are math and science majors Candidates then implement these strategies during their student teaching experience In addition faculty described how they use assessment data to revise curricula and adjust teaching in art early childhood special education and music The units P-12 partners also noted that KU candidates have experienced and are fully versed in collaborative approaches enabling them to participate productively in professional learning communities The unit has made a focused effort to address and infuse diversity and technology into their courses field experiences and clinical practice as shown by their syllabi Faculty model a variety of technology such as TeachLivE in their courses Faculty members are active in national state and local professional organizations in which they serve as leaders and are recognized for excellence in the university and by the candidates as shown through interviews and evaluations

Onsite interviews verified documentation in the IR presenting clear evidence that professional faculty demonstrate scholarly work related to teaching learning and their content areas The unit defines its mission in the conceptual framework as research and best practice content and pedagogical knowledge and professionalism These concepts drive the inquiry and research of faculty which focus on innovative educational practices Through their research faculty determine the effectiveness of the strategies they study and infuse effective teaching methods in their practice During onsite interviews for example one math faculty member described a framework developed as the outcome of a study about strategies secondary students use to solve math problems This framework is shared with candidates in class through demonstration and discussion candidates in turn share it with their students in the field and assess results All professional faculty members conduct extensive scholarly activities including a wide variety of presentations at local state and national educational organizations In addition digital copies of faculty professional writing in refereed journals book chapters and books verify scholarship in the content areas they teach and supervise as well as expertise in teaching and learning

(Confidential) Page 22

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 46: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school and department as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs For example they serve on local state and national committees and in professional organizations donating time as officers members of committees and editorial boards and editors of professional publications At the university level they are active in a number of committees most recently faculty were active in the development of the university-wide Core Initiative establishing core content across the university At the unit level SOE faculty collaborated with stakeholders and worked together to transform the previous five-year program into the current four-year design Faculty members actively collaborate with P-12 practitioners through the multiple field experiences of candidates and through additional efforts such as the UKanTeach initiative

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive All faculty members submit an annual report which must include examples of scholarship service and modeling professional practice The evaluation reports additional data such as faculty collaboration and contributions to the profession which can include a variety of documentation such as submission of grants leadership roles and research activities The evaluation process includes an analysis of progress on goals set the previous year as well as the development of goals for the coming year based upon the results of the evaluation Completed evaluations are submitted to either the department chair or in some departments to the Personnel Committee which is elected by faculty from the department The committee andor chair review the evaluation and write a letter of response which is shared with the faculty member The evaluation then is submitted to the dean who summarizes and shares the results with faculty to determine ways to improve the process

The unit has both policies and practices that provide varied professional development to create a community of scholars The process of continuous learning begins when faculty enter the unit A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to the new hire for three years too offer support in areas of scholarship service and professional practice components of the evaluation process To facilitate learning the unit provides professional development aligned with the unit mission and subsequent focus For example to address the goal to use technology as both a teaching and modeling tool the unit presents focused professional development throughout the year such as a summer technology camp a conference on technology and training in the use of available technology such as iPads Micro-aggression training and a sexual orientation awareness workshop are two examples of professional development to address diversity which is another unit focus Both the unit and university through KU Center for Teaching and other centers provide additional learning opportunities focusing on teaching and inquiry which feature renowned scholars symposiums conferences and seminars throughout the year In addition to faculty area practitioners participate in these experiences thus extending the learning community Each department allocates funds for professional development presentations and conferences which provide incentive to continue scholarly work Faculty present professional development for P-12 faculty on the local state and national levels of note is the Co-Teaching and Collaboration initiative with Professional Development School partners

52 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 52a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 52b

52a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performance

(Confidential) Page 23

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 47: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Clear and convincing evidence presented by the unit and verified during the onsite visit demonstrates the high qualifications of professional education faculty Data included in the IR addendum and during the onsite visit provide examples of faculty education expertise and scholarship In addition all clinical faculty including both higher education and school are licensed educators have experience in the areas they teach or supervise and are selected for their expertise

Responses from onsite interviews verified that faculty model best professional practices in their teaching Faculty incorporate results of their research which is focused on teaching practices in their courses to model best practices Faculty use multiple assessments to assess candidate performance and progress toward meeting the standards for improvement of practice Faculty members actively participate in national state and local professional organizations receiving honors for their expertise and contributions

Inquiry and research efforts of all faculty which focus on innovative educational practices are aligned to the unit mission described in the CF Through their research faculty study the effectiveness of the strategies and incorporate these teaching approaches in their instruction Results of faculty research are also disseminated to the educational community through presentations and writing such as articles book chapters and books

Faculty members provide service to professional organizations university school department and P-12 schools as active participants in the development and implementation of instructional programs At each level faculty members serve as committee members officers editors andor board members As collaborators in such roles they contribute to the design and delivery of instruction through participation in the community of learners

The units evaluation process is systematic and comprehensive Annually all faculty members include documentation on their evaluation showing their teaching scholarship service collaboration and leadership Following review faculty members individually meet with the department chair to review progress on previous goals and establish goals for the upcoming year Finally the dean summarizes results to share with the faculty for improvement of the process

Unit policies and practices provide varied and intentional professional development to create a community of scholars A professional education faculty member is assigned as a mentor to each new faculty member to assist with progress on the unit evaluation components Throughout the year the unit and institution provide learning opportunities focused on unit goals and faculty needs to support continuous learning

52b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvementNA

52bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelNA

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGET

(Confidential) Page 24

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 48: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

EMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINEDClear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

53 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

53a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

53c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

54 Recommendations

For Standard 5Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation At Target (attained)

Advanced Preparation At Target (attained)

Standard 6

(Confidential) Page 25

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 49: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Standard 6 Unit Governance And Resources

The unit has the leadership authority budget personnel facilities and resources including information technology resources for the preparation of candidates to meet professional state and institutional standards

61 Overall Findings

What did the evidence reveal about the unit continuing to meet this standard

The unit at the University of Kansas is the School of Education (SOE) led by the dean assisted by the associate dean for undergraduate programs and teacher education and the associate dean for graduate programs and research The dean is supported by an assistant dean and an administrative assistant There are five departments each with a chair The School Code defines procedures for governance and policy-making within the school There are several advisory councils under the purview of the dean all clearly detailed in the IR and supporting documents Two of the major advisory councils in place for governance are the Teacher Education Committee (TEC) which has jurisdiction over decisions related to the undergraduate teacher education programs and the Educator Preparation Program Advisory Council (EPPAC) which coordinates collaboration and participation of faculty and other personnel in Departments within the School and across the University that (1) contribute to any Educator Preparation Program andor (2) provide service and support to P-12 schools

Programs for teacher education involve departments in four schoolscolleges including the SOE the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences the Department of Visual Arts for art education and the School of Music for music education Information regarding degree programs is readily available to candidates both from the Academic Advising Office as well as from informational flyers (provided in exhibits 64e2-64e8) Academic calendars are provided online as are all the units other publications including catalogs information regarding grading policies and counseling services

The mechanisms for leadership are clearly delineated in the policy structure and include collaboration with colleagues from other units and the P-12 partners Faculty commented in interviews that if an issue that comes up where they feel something needs to be changed they can be part of the process for that change

The institution now uses an all funds budget model that allows for looking at budgets and pulling up information differently than when this report was initially prepared and exhibits were structured Since the offsite review the team acquired additional information on allocations of student tuition dollars and fees that resolved initial questions The information regarding endowment dollars and how those funds are allocated and spent was also more clearly explained IR 64f Table 3 indicates that the dollars dedicated to research expenditures have increased each year IR 64f Table 4 details base budgets by department (state-funded) The same is true for facultystaff FTE SOE FTE is higher than four of those it is compared to and lower than one However with regard to dollars generated per FTE SOE generates a higher total of dollars than three of the comparison schoolscolleges and lower than two of those used as a comparison The Schools of Business and Law were excluded from this comparison as they were more highly paid professional schools This allocation of dollars is felt by unit administrators to be consistent with other like units on campus and thus is equitable funding for the unit

The unit also receives funding (IR 64f Table 2) dedicated to student scholarships As indicated in the IR KU is involved in an eight-year major capital campaign through spring 2016 with the SOE target being $12000000 The target has been met with two years remaining with an endowment of approximately $17 285000 with unrestricted expendable funds totaling $470473 In addition to these

(Confidential) Page 26

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 50: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

dollars the SOE has approximately $23 million in indirect cost recovery funds As reported earlier Table 3 delineates the research expenditures by SOE faculty affiliated faculty and education-related research centers In FY13 research expenditures per tenure-track faculty in the SOE was $299661 above the university average and second highest among all KU schools and colleges One additional small source of SOE funding reported in FY14 was a total of $325000 generated through activities publications application fees etc Each department has a base budget allocated from state funds supplemented by the deans office and any grant or other dollars the department raises There is also a small development account and funds from fees and other revenues

The SOE initiated two programs to support faculty research and teaching The research support program has $200000 provided each year to support grant development summer sabbatical summer writing grant proposal development and professional development support and on-linedistance education course development Funding for part-time faculty is negotiated by department chairs with the dean in annual budget negotiations Departments are able to prioritize needs and then go to the dean to negotiate their budgets

Faculty workload follows university expectation Teaching is equated to four three-credit hour courses per academic year The faculty workload assignment is the responsibility of the department chair and the assignment takes place in the spring semester for the following academic year in consultation with the faculty member following the annual performance review In trying to keep the process transparent at each step the faculty member is allowed to respond to the comments that have been made regarding the performance

Department chairs were not clear that there was a structured policy in place for annual review of lecturers or professors of the practice (non-tenure track senior faculty with a full-time appointment in both teaching and service) although the paperwork associated with the evaluation of lecturer multi-term lecturer and professor of the practice is very definitive (as is noted in Supplemental Information Requested during the Onsite Visit Sources tab on the KU Accreditation web site under Professor of the Practice and Multi-Term Lecturer Forms) Two of the department heads indicated they do an annual review of those faculty the same way they review tenure-track faculty another department head indicated there are forms the person must fill out for the review

Teaching and research assignments can be adjusted within the guidelines of the policy but alterations must be approved by the department chair and the dean (see IR exhibit 64h1 for specifics) There is a Salary Savings Incentive Policy which rewards faculty with merit pay for exceptional performance in research teaching and service

The unit is housed in three buildings The Health Sport and Exercise Sciences department is housed in the Robinson Center the Edwards campus is housed in Overland Park KS and the main education building Joseph R Pearson Hall (JRP) houses the remaining departments of CampT ELPS PRE SPED and two research institutes The Robinson Center is considered adequate by university standards The Edwards campus as reported in the IR is modern with numerous rooms available for instruction JRP a renovated dormitory is more modern and houses offices classrooms conference rooms meeting room and library space There are 31 instructional rooms for the SOE on the Lawrence campus The space that is available for candidates and faculty to work in is ample with opportunities for a variety of spaces that support alternative settings for teaching and cooperative learning

Standard technology in each SOE instructional space includes a computer a projectorscreen document projector and a VHSDVDCD player Several rooms also have Apple TV Three rooms in JRP can handle video conferencing Two rooms have Promethean Boards and a mobile Smart Board is available Wireless broadband is available throughout the SOE The TeachLive lab used for the avatar technology is housed in a dedicated room JRP has a computer classroom with 41 iMac computers with iOS and

(Confidential) Page 27

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 51: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Windows capability and a computer laboratory within the Learning Resource Center (LRC) with 18 iMacs Robinson houses a computer lab with 15 Windows computers There are large plasma TVs in each building announcing SOE information All SOE offices are equipped with computersmonitors with access to multiple function printers

The LRC houses all library resources and technology The resources in the library are extensive with additional materials being added The experimental collaboration space the sandbox supports assistive technologies and various supportive services for faculty staff and candidates The technology help desk staff are in the LRC and are extremely helpful to faculty and candidates as reported by KU faculty and candidates often assisting with problems that having nothing to do with coursework

The unit uses Blackboard as its instructional platform There is no additional information in the IR regarding additional technology used for budgeting It was mentioned that there may be the potential for a Microsoft product tied to Microsoft Office that will be brought online that will allow candidates to collaborate without having to use the Sandbox it is not clear when or if this will take place or if it is just in the talking stages

62 Moving Toward Target or Continuous Improvement

Please respond to 62a if this is the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level If it is not the standard on which the unit is moving to the target level respond to 62b

62a Movement Toward Target

Based on the criteria for Movement Toward Target provide a summary of the units performanceNA

62b Continuous Improvement

What activities and outcomes demonstrate that the unit has been engaged in continuous improvement

In 2009 the SOE moved to a state-developed teacher performance assessment for pre-service candidates KU was one of the pilot sites for developing the new portfolio assessment the Kansas Performance Teaching Portfolio (KPTP) and determining the state cut score for licensure Additionally the UKan Teach math and science education initiative has been fully institutionalized It was initially funded by external funding but is now paid for by the institution Results of this initiative were discussed at many meetings it appears to be very successful

In 2013 KU defined a set of core educational goals that were integrated into all degrees and majors this in turn impacted the various educator preparation programs by requiring that each program determine which courses would meet both the KU core learning outcomes and state licensure requirements

In 2008 a centralized Undergraduate Advising Center was created in response to feedback from faculty and students on EBI surveys This center relieves faculty of the time burden of undergraduate advising and provides undergraduates with consistent up-to-date advising information The advising center provides information to students has staff available to work with students and provides services to students when needed

Program quality has been improved through articulation agreements with school districts accepting KU

(Confidential) Page 28

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 52: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

student teachers and interns The affiliation agreement was patterned after those of other state institution reviewed by the KU counsels office and piloted by several participating school districts before being fully implemented In like manner the PDS model was revised and expanded around a co-teaching model with participating schools One PDS Argentine Middle School has developed a very clearly defined set of guidelines they present to PDS candidates when they come to the school these are patterned after the KU handbook but also mirror the schools Teacher Handbook

The organizational structure of the SOE was reviewed and the recommendation was made to change it from a committee of the whole model to a Committee for Academic Programs and Curriculum (CAPC) Part of the strategic planning process included a climate survey in 2013 out of which came a five-year diversity agenda for the school tasked to the Multicultural Committee The TEC was formed as well as the EPPAC The TEC has become a very active group with many members who have served for a number of years They consider their role to be very important in the function of the teacher education program particularly as they represent more than SOE programs (based on conversations with TEC members on Monday morning)

A substantial fiscal commitment has been made to support technology and its academic application To this end there is a research agenda being developed related to online instruction with several facets First iPads were provided to all faculty beginning in 2012 (now all new faculty receive an iPad) Beginning in summer 2012 there was a two-day summer tech camp that is repeated each year Faculty are paid $500 to attend the workshop and they must participate in monthly user groups during the year

The SOE has developed a distance education program to provide faculty financial support for creating online or hybrid courses In 2013 $106000 was awarded for course development The company Everspring was hired to help with development of a completely online graduate degree and certificate programs for the SOE In the next three years 15 programs are to be implemented The first program started spring 2014 A faculty committee will be put in place to evaluate completely online courses and programs as well as to develop a research agenda for studying distance education

Finally the SOE has upgraded faculty performance expectations based on the strategic plans emphasis on strengthening faculty research and teaching Departments have been given the task of raising their annual performance evaluation expectations in these two areas (faculty research and teaching) a template was developed for departments to consider and it is currently under review

62bi Strengths

What areas of the standard are being addressed at the target levelUniversity administrators SOE faculty and P-12 partners recognize and respect the leadership provided by the School of Education as demonstrated in projects such as the Professional Development School initiative and the recent commitment to develop a completely online graduate degree program Such innovative efforts are also effectively supported through judicious and flexible management of budgetary resources

Criteria for Movement Toward Target

NO EVIDENCE MOVING TOWARD TARGET AT TARGETEMERGING DEVELOPING ATTAINED

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence was not presented to

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

Clear convincing and sufficient evidence demonstrates that the

(Confidential) Page 29

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 53: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

demonstrate that the unit is performing as described in any aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are no plans and timelines for attaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level rubric for this standard

OR

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

[BOE specifies which is present and which is not in their findings]

unit is performing as described in some aspect of the target level of the rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for attaining andor sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

unit is performing as described in all aspects of the target level rubric for this standard

AND

There are plans and timelines for sustaining target level performance as described in the unit standard

63 Areas for Improvement and Rationales

63a What AFIs have been removedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63b What AFIs are continued from last visitAFI AFI Rationale

NA

63c What new AFIs are recommendedAFI AFI Rationale

NA

64 Recommendations

For Standard 6Level Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Met

Advanced Preparation Met

Target LevelLevel Recommendation

Initial Teacher Preparation Not Applicable

Advanced Preparation Not Applicable

IV Sources of Evidence

Documents Reviewed

(Confidential) Page 30

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31

Page 54: UNIVERSITY OF KANSASirsurvey/hlc2015/Federal_Compliance_Accreditation_… · Standard 6: Unit Governance and Resources Not Applicable Not Applicable I. Introduction €€€€€€I.1

Please upload sources of evidence and the list of persons interviewed

List of Exhibits Reviewed

List of Interviewees

See Attachment panel below

V State Addendum (if applicable)

Please upload the state addendum (if applicable)

Please click Next

This is the end of the report Please click Next to proceed

(Confidential) Page 31